IRC:SP: 13-2004

GUIDELINES FOR 1~HE

DESIGN OF SMALL BRIDGES
AND CULVERTS

INDIAN ROADS C()NGRESS

.2004
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

GUIDELINES FOR THE

DESIGN OF SMALL BRIDGES
· AND CULVERTS

. Published by

INDIAN ROADS CONGRESS

Jamnagar House, Shahjahan Road,
New Delhi 110011
2004

Price Rs.400/-
(Plus packing & postage)
 r
f

First Published August, 1973

Reprinted April, 1978
Reprinted April, 1982
Reprinted March, 1986
Reprinted June, 1990
Reprinted January, 1994
Reprinted June, 1995
Reprinted January, 1998
Reprinted September, 2000 (Incorporates the amendments)
Reprinted April,2002
Reprinted December, 2003
First Revision June,2004

(The Rights of Publication and Translation are Reserved)

Printed at Sagar Printers & Publishers, New Delhi-I I 0003

( 1000 copies)
 IRC:SP:13-2004

PREFACE

The Paper entitled "Guidelines for the Design of Small Bridges and Culverts" by Shri Goverdhan
Lal who retired as Additional Director General (Roads), Government oflndia, was published as
Paper No.167 in Volume XVIII-Part 2 of the Journal of the Indian Roads Congress which was
presented and discussed at its Annual Session held at Bhubaneshwar in 1954. One of the main
objectives of the author in preparing this Paper was to help the Highway Engineers in the country to
do the planning and design of small bridges and culverts for road projects correctly and expeditiously.

While the Paper, in its original form, still has great value, IRC during l 970's felt that this
Paper needed revision since its first publication in light of the feedback obtained from members of
the profession and also to reflect the changes in revised IRC Codes of Practice for design of bridges.
Shri Goverdhan Lal, the author of the original Paper graciously agreed for its revision and for bringing
it out as a Special Publication of the Indian Roads Congress. Accordingly, Special Publication No.13
"Guidelines for the Design..of Small Bridges and Culverts" was published in 1973, and this was highly
appreciated by the members of the profession.

Since 1973, the IRC Codes of Practice for design of bridges have undergone further major
changes. Considering various changes and new coda! provisions made since 1973, a Com111ittee (B-
l I) for revision ofIRC:SP: 13-1973 was constituted under the Chairmanship of Shri C.R. Alimchandani
in 1994. The work of the Committee was continued by the reconstituted Committee of General
Design Features Committee (B-2) from Jan., 2000 (Personnel given below):

G. Sharan Convenor
. SudipKumarDe Co-Convenor
B.N. Singh Member-Secretary

Members
Dr. B.P. Bagish M.V.B. Rao
C.S. Balramamurthy N.C. Saxena
Sunil Dayal V.K.Sinha
Suprio Ghosh Mahesh Tandon
G.P. Joshi G.S. Taunk
Ani!Kumar P.S. Tyagi
VijayKumar N. Venkataraman
A.D. Narain V. Velayutham
Sanjay Kumar Nirmal

Corresponding Members

S. Ahmed -C.V.Kand
C.R. Alimchandani · S.A. Reddi
AshokBasa
IRC:SP: 13-2004
1
Ex-Officio Members

President, IRC DG(RD)& SS

(S.S. Rathore) (N.K. Sinha)

Secretary, IRC
(G. Sharan)

The revised draft of SP:13 was prepared by Shri C.V. Kand who was ably helped by S/Shri
K.S. Jangde, S.M. Sabnis, A.S. Khaire & S.P. Badhe of the earlier committee.

The revised draft was considered and discussed by the newly constituted General Design
Features (B-2) Committee in its meeting held on the 25 th August, 2000. The draft was given a final
shape by a Sub-Committee comprising of Dr. B.P. Bagish, S/Shri A.O. Narain, G.S. Taunk, Ashok
Basa and S.K. Nirmal.

The finalised draft of the above Sub-Committee was considered by the B-2 Committee
in its meeting held on 23 rd and 24 th March, 2002 an_d the Committee approved the draft during its
meeting held on 24 th August, 2002. The final draft received from the Convenor, B-2 Committee was
considered and approved by the Bridges Specifications and Standards (BSS) Committee in its meeting
held on the 7th December, 2002 and by the Executive Committee in its meeting held on 71n December,
2002.

The Council during its meeting held on 3'ct January, 2003 approved the draft subject to
modification as per suggestions given by the members and authorised the Convenor, BSS Committee
to approve the document after getting the same modified by the Convenor of B-2 Committee. In
Apri I, 2003 the draft modified by the Convenor, B-2 Committee incorporating the comments of the
members of the Council was sent to Convenor, B.S.S. Committee for approval. Since the Convenor,
B.S.S. Committee was not in position, the Council during the Mid-term Council meeting held in
Pondicherry in June, 2003 decided that the document may be got approved by President, IRC after
incorporating the modifications suggested by the Ministry of Road Transport & Highways and agreed
upon by Convenor, B-2 Committee. The draft modified on the above lines was put up to the then
President, IRC, Shri R.R. Sheoran for approval. He suggested certain modifications and also held
discussions with Shri G. Sharan, Convenor, B-2 Committee and Secretary, IRC. He desired that the
document may be further reviewed. Detailed review was carried out by Secretary, IRC with the help
of Shri R.H. Sarma, Technical Consultant, IRC. The modified draft was circulated to Shri Indu
Prakash, Convenor, BSS Committee, Shri V.K. Sinha, Co-Convenor, BSS Committee, Shri G. Sharan,
Convenor, B-2 Committee, Shri R.R. Sheoran, Past President, IRC, Shri S.S. Momin, President, IRC
and Dr. B.P. Bagish. Based on their comments the document was approved by President, IRC and is
published in its present form.

(iv)
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

CONTENTS

Page

List of Plates
(vii)
Personnel of the Bridges Specifications & Standards Committee
(ix)
Introduction
(xiii)
Article General Aspects
1
Article 2 Site Inspection
3
Article 3 Essential Design Data
5
Article 4
Empirical and Rational Formulae for Peak Run-off from Catchment
7
Article 5 Estimating Flood Discharge from the Conveyance
17
Factor and Slo~ of the Stream
Article 6 Design Discharge
21
Article 7 Alluvial Streams Lacey's Equations
23
Article 8 Linear Waterway
25
Article 9 Normal Scour Depth of Streams
27
Article IO Maximum Scour Depth
33
Article 11 Depth of Foundations
35
Article 12 Span and Vertical Clearance
37
Article 13 Geometric Standards, Specifications and Quality Control
39
Article 14 Structural Details of Small Bridges and Culverts
47
Article 15 Elements of the Hydraulics of Flow through Bridges
51
Article 16 Afflux
57
Article 17 Worked out Examples on Discharge Passed by
63
Existing Bridges from Flood Marks
Article 18 Overtopping of the Banks
69
Article 19 Pipes and Box Culverts
71
IRC:SP: I 3-2004

Article 20 Protection Work and Maintenance 79

Article 21 Raft Foundations 81
Article 22 C.D. Works in Black Cotton Soils 83
Article 23 Box Cell Structures 85
Bibliography 87
APPENDICES

APPEND IX-A Heaviest Rainfall in one hour (mm) 89

APPENDIX-B Filling Behind Abutments, Wing and Return Walls 105

(vi)
f· IRC:SP: 13-2004

LIST OF PLATES

Plate No.
1. Chart for Time of Concentration

2. Run-off Chart for Small Catchments

3. Hydraulic Mean Depth R (METRES)

4. Typical Method of Determination of Weighted Mean Diameter of Particles (dm)

5. Abutment and Wing Wall Sections for Culverts

6. Details of Segmental Masonry Arch Bridges without Footpaths-

Effective Span 6m and 9m

7. RCC Solid Slab Superstructure (Right) Effective Span 3.0 m to I 0.0 m

(with and without footpaths)-General Notes

8. RCC Solid Slab Superstructure (Right) Effective Span 3.0 m to I 0.0 m

(with and without footpaths)-General Arrangement

9. RCC Solid Slab Superstructure (Right) Effective Span 3.0 m to I 0.0 m

(with and without footpath}-Depth of Slab and Quantities Person

10. RCC Solid Slab Super Structure (Skew) Right Effective

Span 4.0m to IO.Om (with and without foothpaths)-General Notes
•
11. R.C.C. Solid Slab Superstructure (Skew)
Right Effective Span 4.0; 6.0; 8.0; 10.0 m (with and without footpaths}-
General Arrangement

12. RCC Solid Slab Superstructure (Skew) Right Effective Span

4.0, 6.0, 8.0, I 0.0 m (with and without footpaths}-Depth of Slab and
Quantities per Span

13. Box Cell Structures-General Notes

14. Box Cell Structures-Index Sheet

15. Single Cell R.C.C. Box Structures

2m x 2m to 8m x 7m (without Earth Cusion)-General Arrangement

I6. Single Cell R.C.C. Box Structures 2m x 2m to 8m x 7m

1&2 (with Earth Cusion)-General Arrangement

I 7. Double Cell R.C.C. Box Structures 2m x 2m to 3m x 3m

(without Earth Cushion)-General Arrangement

(vii)
IRC: SP: 13-2004

18. Double Cell R.C.G: Box St:n.Jctures 2m x 2m to 3m x 3m

(with Earth Cushion)-General Arrangement

19. Triple Cell R.C.C.Box Structures 2m x2m to 3m x3m

(without Earth Cushion)-General Arrangement

20. Triple Cell R.C.C. Box Structures 2m x 2m to 3m x 3m

(with Earth Cushion)-General Arrangement

21. Single Double and Triple Cell R.C.C. Box Structures

(with and without Earth Cushion)-Quantities of Steel and Cement

22. Typical Details of Floor, Protection Works for Box Cell Structures
--General Arrangement

23. RCC Pipe Culvert with Single Pipe of I Metre Dia and
Concrete Cradle Bedding for Heights of Fill Varying from 4.0 m to 8.0 m

24. RCC Pipe Culvert with Single Pipe of I Metre Dia and First Class Bedding
for Heights of Fill Varying from 0.6 m-4.0 m

25. RCC Pipe Culvert with 2 Pipes of I Metre dia and Concrete Cradle Bedding
for Heights of Fill Varying from 4.0-8.0 m

26. RCC Pipe Culvert with 2 Pipes of I Metre dia and First Class Bedding for
Heights ofFill Varying from 0.6-4.0 m

27. Circular and Rectangular Pipes Flowing Full

(viii)
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

PERSONNEL OF THE BRIDGES SPECIFICATIONS AND

STANDARDS COMMITTEE
(As on 7.12.2002)

I. N.K. Sinha* Director General (Road Dev.) & Spl. Secretary to the Govt. of India,
(Convenor) Ministry of Road Transport & Highways, Transport Bhawan,
New Delhi- I 1000 I

2. The Member (Technical), National Highways Authority of India,

(Co-Convenor) Plot No. G-5/6, Sector, Dwarka, New Delhi- I I 0045
3. The Chief Engineer (R.S. Ninan), Ministry of Road Transport & Highways, Transport
(B) S&R Bhawan, New Delhi-I I 000 I
(Member-Secretary)

Members

4. K.N. Agrawal Addl. Director General (W), CPWD, Ninnan Bhavan,

New Delhi-I 10011

5. C.R. Alimchandani . Chairman & Managing Director, STUP Consultants Ltd., 1004-5;
Raheja Chambers, 213, Nariman Point, Mumbai-400021

6. AshokBasa Director (T), B. Engineers and Builders Ltd., 72/A, Macheshwar Ind!.
Estate, Bhubaneswar-751017

7. D.S. Batra Consulting Engineer, Sir Owen Williams Innovestment Ltd., Innovestment
House, 1072, Sector-37, Noida-201303

8. S.S. Chakraborty Managing Director, Consulting Engg. Services (I) Ltd., 57, Nehru Place,
, NewDelhi-110019

9. C. V.Kand Consultant, E-2/136, Mahavir Nagar, Bhopal-462016

10. D.K.Kanhere Chief Engineer, Block No.A-8, Building No. 12, Haji Ali Officer's Qtrs.,
Mahalaxmi, Mumbai-400034

11. Krishan Kant Chief General Manager, National Highways Authority oflndia,
Plot No.G-5/6, Sector- I 0, Dwarka, New Delhi- I I 0045

12. Ninan Koshi DG(RD) & Addi. Secy., MOST (Retd.), 56, Nalanda Apartments,
Vikashpuri, New Delhi-110018

I 3. Dr. R. Kapoor Director, Unitech India Ltd., Gurgaon

14. Vijay Kumar CE (Building), UP PWD, Lucknow-226001

I 5. N.V. Merani Principal Secy., Maharashtra PWD (Retd.), A-47/1344, Adarsh Nagar,
Worli, Mumbai-400025

16. M.K. Mukherjee 40/182, C.R. Park, New Delhi-110019

• ADC (BJ being not in position, the meeting was presided by Shri N.K. Sinha, DG (RD) & Sp/. Secretary to the Govt. of India, MORT&R

(ix)
 (
IRC:SP: 13-2004
I
17. A.O. Narain DG(RD) & Addi. Secy., MOST (Retd.), B-186, Sector 26, I
NOIDA-201301
I
18. M.V.B. Rao Area Coordinator, Bridge & Instrumentation Engineering, Central Road
Research Institute, P.O. CRRI, New Delhi-110020 I
19. Dr. T.N. Subba Rao Chairman, Construma Consultancy (P) Ltd., 2nd Floor, Pinky Plaza, I
~
Mumbai-400052

20. A. Ramakrishna President (Operations) & Dy. Managing Director, Larsen & Toubro
Ltd., ECC Constn. Group, Mount Ponnamallee Road, Mannapakkam,
P.O. Box No. 979, Chennai-600089
21. S.A. Reddi Dy. Managing Director, Gammon India Ltd., Gammon House,
Prabhadevi, Mumbai-400025

22. Ramani Sarmah Secretary to the Govt. of Meghalaya, Public Works Department,
Lower Lachumiere, Shillong-79300 I

23. N.C. Saxena Executive Director, Intercontinental Consultants & Technocrats Pvt.
Ltd., A-11, Green Park, New Delhi-110016

24. G. Sharan Director, NITHE, A-5, Institutional Area, Sector-62,

Noida-201301 (UP)
--,,,,__,.
25. S.R. Tambe Secretary, Maharashtra PWD (Retd.),72, Pranit J. Palkar Marg, Opp.
Podar Hospital, Worli, Mumbai-400025

26. Dr. M.G. Tamhankar BH-1/44, Kendriya Vihar, Sector-I 1, Kharghar, Navi Mumbai-410210

27. Mahesh Tandon Managing Director, Tandon Consultants (P) Ltd., 17, Link Road,
Jangpura Extn., New Delhi-I 10014

28. P.B. Vijay DG (Wotks), CPWD (Retd.), A-39/B, DDA Flats, Munirka, New
Delhi-110062 .

29. The Chief Engineer M.P. Public Works Department, 'D' Wing, 1st Floor, Satpura Bhavan,
(NH) Bhopal-462004

30. The Principal Secy. to R&B Department, Block No. 14, 2nd Floor, New Sachivalaya,
the Govt. of Gujarat Gandhinagar-382010

31. The Chief Engineel{NH) Public Works Deptt., Writers' Building, Block 'G' 4th Floor, Kolkata-
700001

32. The Chief Engineer(NH) U.P. Public Works Deptt., Lucknow-226001

33. The Chief Engineer(NH) Punjab P.W.D., B&R Branch, Patiala-147001

34. The Chief Engineel\R) Ministry of Road Transport & Highways, Transport Bhavan,
S&R, T&T New Delhi-I 10001

35. The Engineer-in-Chief K.R. Circle, Bangalore-560001

(NH)

(x)
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

36. The Director Highways Research Station, P.B. No. 2371, 76, Sardar Patel Road,
Chennai-600025
37. The Director & Head Bureau of Indian Standards, Manak Bhavan, 9, Bahadurshah Zafar
(Civil Engg.) Marg, New Delhi- I I 0002
38. The Dy. Director (B.K. Basu, VSM, SC) Dy. Director General (Bridges), Border Roads
General Directorate, Seema Sadak Bhawan, Naraina, Delhi Cantt., New
Delhi-110010
39. The Director, ROSO Director (Bridges & Structure) Research, Design & Standards
Organisation, Lucknow-22600 I
40. The Director General CPWD, Central Design Orgn., Ninnan Bhavan, New Delhi-110011
(Works)

Ex-Officio Members
41. President, S.S. Rathore
Indian Roads Congress Secy. to the Govt. of Gujarat, R&B Deptt., Block No. 14/2, Sardar
Patel Bhawan, Sachivalaya, Gandhinagar-382010
42. DG(RD) N.K. Sinha, D.G.{RD) & Sp!. Secy., Ministry of Road Transport &
Highways, Transport Bhavan, New Delhi-11000 I
43. Secretary, Shri G. Sharan, Director, NITHE, A-5, Institutional Area, Sector-62,
Indian Roads Congress Noida-201301 (UP)

Corresponding Members
I. M.K. Agarwal Engineer-in-Chief (Retd.), H.No.40, Sector 16, Panchkula-134113
2. Dr. V.K. Raina B-13, Sector-14, Noida-201301
3. Shitala Sharan Chief Consultant, Consulting Engg. Services {I) Ltd. 57, Nehru Place,
New Delhi-110019
4. S.P. Khedkar Hindustan Constn. Co. Ltd., Hincon House, Lal Bahadur Shastri Marg,
Vikhroli (W), Mumbai-400083
5. The Technical Director (H. Guha Viswas), Simplex Concrete Piles (I) Pvt. Ltd., Vaikunt, 2nd
Floor, 82, Nehru Place, New Delhi- I I 0019

(xi)
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

INTRODUCTION

A large number of small bridges and culverts form part of most of our highways. With the massive
road development plans which our country has taken up, it is necessary t9 look for standardization of such
structures so as to reduce the time spent on project preparation. However, there is need to exercise
utmost care in their design to bring about economy in the overall cost of the project. With this objective in
view, the revised Special Publication No. 13 "Guidelines for the Design of Small Bridges and Culverts"
taking into account a number of major changes made in the IRC Codes of Practice for design of bridges
has been brought out.

The following new Articles have been added now:

Article l (General Aspects); Article 13 (Geometric Standards, Specifications and Quality Control);
A1iicle 20 (Protection Work and Maintenance); Article 21 (Raft Foundations), Article 22 (C.D. Works in
Black Cotton Soils) and Article 23 (Box Cell Structures). Other Articles have been regrouped and
modifications incorporated wherever found necessary.

This revised Publication incorporates latest standard drawings for RCC solid slab superstructure
upto IO m span, both right and skew type, supported with masonry/RCC substructure upto 4 m height, pipe
culverts and RCC box culverts. This Publication does not cover RCC substructure and superstructure
with bearings and also large span structures, which would need specific detailed designs. This document
is also not directly applicable for higher category roads like expressways and bridges/culverts with more
than two lanes which would need specific detailed designs. For rural roads, reference may be made to
IRC:SP:20 "Rural Roads Manual". [tis hoped that this Publication would go a long way in expediting the
work of project preparation of highway projects which invariably include a number of small bridges and
culvc11s. '

(xiii)
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 1

GENERAL ASPECTS

l. l. General : Frequency of culverts and small bridges varies depending upon the region
and terrain. The location, size and other details of such structures should be decided judiciously to
cater for the discharge and balancing requirements. Number of culverts in 1 km length of road in
India varies from one (flat country) to three in undulating regions whereas one small bridge (upto
30 m) is found within 1 to 4 km length of the road. Number of culverts may increase in hilly/
undulating terrain.
1.2. Definitions
1.2.1. Bridges : Bridge is a structure having a total length above 6 m between the inner
faces of the dirt walls for carrying traffic or other moving loads over a depression or obstruction such
as channel, road or railway.
1.2.2. Minor Bridge: A minor bridge is a bridge having a total length of upto 60 m.
1.2.3. Small Bridge: A.small bridge is a bridge where the overall length of the bridge
between the inner faces of dirt walls is upto 30 m and where individual span is not more than 10 m.
1.2.4. Culvert : Culvert is a cross-drainage structure having a total length of 6 m or less
between the inner faces of the dirt walls or extreme ventway boundaries measured on right angles
thereto.
1.2.5. The Small Bridges and Culverts can be of following types:

a) RCC Hume Pipes

b) RCC slab on masonry/concrete abutment and piers
c) Stone slab on masonry/concrete abutment and piers
d) RCC box cell structure
e) RCC/masonry arches on masonry/concrete abutment and piers
Stone slabs can be used upto 2 m span when good quality stones with 200 mm thickness are
available.

1.3. Standard Designs

1.3.l. MORT&H standard design for slab bridges: Ministry of Road Transport &
Highways (MORT &H) in standard design of slab bridges have proposed round figures for design
span (c/c of supports). With a view to avoid confusion, same nomenclature of span is considered for
culverts and small bridges. The design span of 6 m will have clear span of 5.60 m. The values of
c Iear span, effective span and end to end of deck for which standard designs of slab bridges are
available in Table 1.1.
Similarly type plans of MORT &Hare available for skew slab bridges for right effective
spans of 4 m, 6 m, 8 m and 10 m for ske/w angles of 15°, 22.5°, 30° and 35°.
IRC:SP: 13-2004 l
Table 1.1
Clear Span Effective Span End to End of Deck
m m m

2.6 3 3.4
3.6 4 4.4
4.6 5 5.4
5.6 6 6.4
6.6 7 7.4
7.6 8 8.4
8.6 9 9.4
9.6 10 10.4

All these RCC spans will have tar paper bearings. The type plans of MORT&Hare available
at the above interval and if the design span does not exactly match with the available type design, the
details of next higher span length be used.
1.3.2. H.P. culverts: Drawings ofRCC pipe culverts are available for 1000 mm diameter
and 1200 mm diameter of type NP3/NP4 conforming to IS:458. PSC pipes ofNP4 type conforming
to IS:784 may also be used for H.P. culverts.
1.3.3. RCC boxes: Following RCC box section standard design of MORT&Hare available
with or without earth cushion.
(a) Single Cell :
Culvert : 2mx2m, 5mx3m, 5mx4m, 5mx5m, 2mx3m, 3mx3m,
4mx3m, 4mx4m, 4mx5m
Small bridges: 6mx3m, 6mx4m, 6mx3m, 6mx6m, 7mx5m, 7mx6m,
7mx7m,8mx5m,8mx6m,8mx7m
(b) Double Cell :
Culvert : 2mx2m, 2mx3m
Small bridges : 3mx2m, 3mx3m
(c) Triple Cell :
Small bridges : 2mx2m, 3mx3m
These are designed for varying bearing capacity of foundation stratuqi upto 20t/m2 • If the
section at'site does not exactly match with the available type design, details of higher section may be
adopted.
Details of segmental masonry arch bridges without footpath for span 6 m and 9 mare available
at Plate 5 of this document.
1.4. Length Related to Catchment Area : It is generally found that when catchment
area is upto 1 sq. km a culvert is required and for catchment area more than 1 sq. km a small bridge
will be necessary.

2
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 2

SITE INSPECTION

2.'l. Selection of Site : Normally selection of site for culverts and small bridges is
guided by road alignment. However where there is choice, select a site:

(i) which is situated on a straight reach of stream, sufficiently down stream of bends;
(ii) which~ sufficiently away from the confluence of large tributaries as to be beyond
their disturbing influence;
(iii) which has well defined banks;
(iv) which make approach roads feasible on the straight; and
(v) which offers a square crossing.

2.2. Existing Drainage Structures : If, there is an existing road or railway bridge or
culvert over the same stream and not very far away from the selected site, the best means of
ascertaining the maximum discharge is to calculate it from data collected by personal inspection of
the existing structure. Intelligent inspection and local inquiry will provide very useful information,
namely, marks indicating the maximum flood level, the afflux, the tendency to scour, the probable
maximum discharge, the likelihood of collection of brushwood during floods, and many other particulars.
It should be seen whether the existing structure is too large or too small or whether it has other
defects. All these should be carefully recorded.

2.3. Inspection should also include taking notes on channel conditions from which the silt
factor and the co-efficient of rugosity can be estimated.

3
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 3

ESSENTIAL DESIGN DATA

3.1. In addition to the information obtained by personal inspection of an existing structure,

the design data described in the following paragraphs have to be collected. What is specified here is
sufficient only for small bridges and culverts. For larger structures, detailed instructions contained in
the Standard Specifications & Code of Practice for Bridges- Section I, oflRC:5 Clauses 100-102,
should be followed.
11'
3.2. Catchment Area: When the catchment, as seen from the "topo" (G.T.) sheet, is
less than 1.25 sq. km in area, a traverse should be made along the watershed. Larger catchments
can be read from the 1 cm= 500 m topo maps of the Survey oflndia by marking the watetshed in
pencil and reading the included area by placing a piece of transparent square paper over it.

3.3. Cross-sections: For a sizable stream, at least three cross-sections should be taken,
namely, one at the selected site, one upstream and another downstream of the site, all to the horizontal
scale of not less than 1 cm to IO fl! or 1/1000 and with an exaggerated vertical scale of not less than
I cm to I m or 1/100. Approximate distances, upstream and downstream of the selected site of
crossing at which cross-sections should be taken are given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1

Catchment Area Distance (u/s and d/s of the crossing) at

which cross-sections should be taken
I. Upto 3.0 sq. km 100m
2. From 3.0 to 15 sq. km 300m
3. Over 15 sq. km 500m

The cross-section at the proposed site of the crosstng should show level at close intervals
and indicate outcrops of rocks, pools, etc. Often an existing road or a cart track crosses the stream
at the site selected for the bridge. In such a case, the cross-section should not be taken along the
center line of the road or the track as that will not represent the natural shape and size of the channel.
The cross-section should be taken at a short distance on downstream of the selected site.

3 .4. In the case of very small streams (catchments of 40 hectares or less) one cross-
section may do but it should be carefully plott!"".! s-:- ~~ tG represent truly the normal size and shape of
the channel on a straight reach.

3.5. Highest Flood Level: The highest flood level should be ascertained by intelligent
iocal observation, supplemented by local enquiry, and marked on the cross-sections.

(
IRC:SP: 13-2004

3.6. Longitudinal Section : The longitudinal section should extend upstream and
downstream of the proposed site for the distances indicated in Table 3.1 and should show levels of
the bed, the low water level and the highest flood level.

3.7. Velocity Observation: Attempts should be made to observe the velocity during an
actual flood and, if that flood is smaller than the maximum flood, the observed velocity should be
suitably increased. The velocity thus obtained is a good check on the accuracy of that calculated
theoretically.

3.8. Trial Pit Sections : Where the rock or some firm undisturbed soil stratum is not
Iikely to be far below the alluvial bed of the stream, a trial pit should be dug down to such rock or firm
soil. But ifthere is no rock or undisturbed firm soil for a great depth below the stream bed level, then
the trial pit may be taken down roughly 2 to 3' meter below the lowest bed level. The location of each
trial pit should be shown in the cross-section of the proposed site .. The trial pit section should be
plotted to show the kind of soils passed through. However depth of trial pit in soils shall be minimum
2 m for culverts and 3 m for small bridges.

For more detailed investigation procedure given in Cl. 704 ofIRC:78-2000 may be referred
to.

3.9. For very small culverts, one trial pit is sufficient. The result should be inserted on the
cross-section.

6
 IRC:SP:13-2004

ARTICLE 4
~
I EMPIRICAL AND RATIONAL FORMULAE FOR PEAK RUN-OFF
FROM CATCHMENT
I
I 4.1. Although records of rainfall exist to some extent, actual records of floods are seldom
available in such sufficiency as to enable the engineer accurately to infer the worst flood conditions
I for which provision should be made in designing a bridge. Therefore, recourse has to be taken to
I theoretical computations. In this Article some of the most popular empirical formulae are mentioned.

I 4.2. Dj,ckens Formula

I Q = CM3!4 ..... (4.1)

I Where
Q = the peak run-off in m 3/s and Mis the catchment area in sq. km
C = 11 - 14 where the annual rainfall is 60 - 120 cm
= 14 - 19 where the annual rainfall is more than 120 cm
= 22 in Western Ghats

4.3. Ryve's Formula: This formula was devised for erstwhile Madras Presidency.
Q = CM211 ..... (4.2)

Where
Q = run-off in m 3/s and Mis the catchment area in sq. km
C = 6.8 for areas within 25 km of the coast
= 8.5 for areas between 25 km and 160 km of the coast
= I 0.0 for limited areas near the hills

4.4. Ingli's Formula : This empirical formula was devised for erstwhile Bombay
Presidency
125M
..... (4.3)
Q) M+ 10
Where
Q = maximum flood discharge in m 3Is
M = the area of the catchment in sq. km

4.5. These empirical formulae involve only one factor viz. the area of the catchment and
al I the so many other factors that affect the run-off have to be taken care of in selecting an appropriate
value of the co-efficient. This is extreme simplification of the problem and cannot be expected to
yield accurate results.

7
IRC:SP: 13-2004

4.6. A correct value ofC_can only be derived for a given region from an extensiv~ analytical
study of the measured flood discharges vis-a-vis catchment areas of streams in the region. Any
value of C wil I be valid only for the region for which it has been determined in this way. Each basin
has its own singularities affecting run-off. Since actual flood records are seldom available, the
formulae leave much to the judgement of the engineer. Many other similar empirical formulae are in
use but none of them encompasses all possible conditions of terrain and climate.

4.7. Rational Formulae for Peak-off from Catchment

4. 7. I. In recent years, hydrological studies have been made and theories set forth which
comprehend the effect of the characteristics of the catchment on run-off. Attempts also have been
made to establish relationships between rainfall and run-off under various circumstances. Some
elementary account of the rationale of these theories is given in the following paragraphs.

4.7.2. Main factors: The size of the flood depends on the following major factors.
Rainfall
(I) Intensity
(2) Distribution in time and space
(3) Duration

Nature of Catchment
(I) Area
(2) Shape
(3) Slope
(4) Permeability of the soil and vegetable cover
(5) Initial state of wetness

4.7.3. Relation between the intensity and duration of a storm: Suppose in an individual
storm, F cm of rain falls in T hours, then over the whole interval of time T, the mean intensity I will be
F/T cm per hour. Now, within the duration T, imagine a smaller time interval t (Fig. 4.1). Since the
intensity is not uniform through-out, the mean intensity reckoned over the time interval t (placed
suitably withi_n T) will be higher than the mean intensity i.e. I taken over the whdle period.

It is also known that the mean intensity of a storm of shorter duration can be higher than that
of a prolonged one.

In other words, the intensity of a storm is some inverse function of its duration. It has been
reasonably well established that
i T+ C
I t+C ... (4.5a)

Where c is a constant

"~
.3?i
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

I
~
a::
0
I-
(/)
LL
0
~
(/)
z
w
1---
z

X
i----------------T----------------'
DURATION OF STORM

Fig. 4.1

Analysis of rainfall statistics has shown that for all but extreme cases, c = I [51• when time is
measured in hours and precipitation in cm.

Thus
i T+l
= ... (4.5b)
I t +I
i T+l
or i = 1---- = ( ... (4.5c)
I t+1
Also,

T+l
t=
-;- ( t+I
) ...(4.5d)

Thus, if the total precipitation F and duration T of a storm are known then the intensity
corresponding tot, which is a time interval within the duration of the storm can be estimated.

• Refers to the number of the publication in the Bibliography.

9
IRC:SP: 13-2004

4.7.4. For an appreciation of the-physical significance of this relationship, some typical

cases are considered below.

Take an intense but brief storm which drops (say) 5 cm of rain in 20 minutes. The average
intensity comes to 15 cm per hour. For a short interval t of, say 6 minutes, within the duration of the
storm the intensity can be as high as

1=
_:__( T+l)
T t+1

__l_ 1 o.33 + 1 = 18.2 cm per hour ... (4.6)

0.33 \ 0.1 + 1

Storms of very short duration and 6 minute intensities within them (and, in general, all such
high but momentary intensities of rainfall) have little significance in connection with the design of
culverts except in built-up areas where the concentration time can be very short (see para 4.8.5. l)
due to the rapidity of flow from pavements and roofs.

Next consider a region where storms are of medium size and duration. Suppose 15 cm of
rainfalls in 3 hours. The average intensity works out to 5 cm per hour. But in time interval of one
hour within the storm the intensity can be as much as

__!_~-- ( 3 + l ) = l 0 cm per hour ... (4.7)

3 1+1
For the purpose of designing waterway of bridge such a storm is said to be equivalent of a
"one hour rainfall of JO cm".

Lastly, consider a very wet region of prolonged storms, where a storm drops, say, 18 cm of
rain in 6 hours. In a time interval of one hour within the storm the intensity can be as high as

18
---- X
(6+1i
------- = 10.5 cm per hour
6 1+1

Thus such a storm is equivalent of a "one hour storm of 10.5 cm".

4.7.5. "One-hour rainfall" for a region for designing waterway of bridges: Suppose
it is decided that a bridge should be designed for peak run-off resulting from the severest storm (in
the region) that occurs once in 50 years or any other specified period. Let the total precipitation of
that storm be F cm and duration T hours. Consider a time interval of one hour somewhere .within the
duration of the storm. The precipitation in that hour could be as high as

_:__ ( T + 1 )
T 1+1

10
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

or
F
2
Hence the design of the bridge will be based on a "one-hour rainfall of say I 0 cm", where

... (4.8)

Suppose Fig. 4.1 represents the severest storm experienced in a region. If t represents one
hour, then the shaded area ADBC will represent I0 •

It is convenient and common that the storm potential ofa region for a given period of years
' .· .

should be characterised by specifying the "one-hour rainfall" I 0 of the region for the purpose of
designing the waterways of bridges in that region.

I0 has to be determined from F and T of the severest storm. That storm may not necessarily
be the most prolonged storm. The correct procedure for finding I0 is to take a number of really heavy
and prolonged storms and work out I0 from F and T of each of them. The maximum of the values of
I0 thus found should be accepted as "one hour rainfall" of the region for designing bridges.
I0 of a region does not have to be found for each design problem. It is a characteristic of the
whole region and applies to a pretty vast area subject to the same weather conditions. I 0 of a region
should be found once for all and should be known to the local engineers.

The Meteorological Department of the Government oflndia, have supplied the heaviest rainfall
in mm/hour experienced by various places in India. This chart is enclosed as Appendix-"A" and
the values indicated therein, may be adopted for I0 in absence of other suitable data. However, the
values are upto the year 1966 and efforts are being made to obtain the current updated values.

Start with I0 and then modify it to suit the concentration time (see next para) of the catchment
area in each specific case. This will now be explained.

4.7.5.1. Time of concentration (t.): The time taken by the run-off from the farthest point
on the periphery of the catchment (called the critical point) to reach the site'ofthe culvert is called
the "concentration time". In considering the intensity of precipitation it was said that the shorter the
duration considered the higher the intensity will be. Thus safety would seem to lie in designing for a
high intensity corresponding to a very small interval of time. But this interval should not be shorter
than the concentration time of the catchment under consideration, as otherwise the flow from distant
parts of the catchment will not be able to reach the bridge in time to make its contribution in raising
the peak discharge. Therefore, when examining a particular catchment, only the intensity corresponding
to the duration equal to the concentration period (t.) of the catchment, needs to be considered.

4.7.5.2. Estimating the concentration time of a catchment (t.): The concentration time
depends on ( 1) the distance from the critical point to the structure; and (2) the average velocity of

11
IRC: SP: 13-2004

flow. The slope, the roughness of the drainage channel and the depth of flow govern the later.
Comp I icated formulae exist for deriving the time of concentration from the characteristics of the
catchment. For our purpose, however, the following simple relationship [l 11will do.
L3 o.385

tc = (o.87 x--ii) ... (4.9)

Where

the concentration time in hours

= the distance from the critical point to the structure in km.
= the fall in level from the critical point to the structure in m.

Land H can be found from the survey plans of the catchment area and tc calculated from
Equation (4.9).

Plate 1 contains graphs from which tc can be directly read for known values of Land H.

4.7.6. The critical or design intensity : The critical intensity for a catchment is that
maximum intensity which can occur in a time interval equal to the concentration time tc of the
catchment during the severest strom (in the region) of a given frequency Ic Since each catchment
has its own tc it will have its own IC'

If we putt= tc in the basic equation (4.5d) and write Ic for the resulting intensity, we get
F ( T+ 1
I = - ------
c T le+] 1 ... (4.l0a)

Combinating this with Equation (4.8), we get

I -I
C o (~
t
C
+] ... (4.10b)

"
4. 7. 7. Calculation of run-off: A precipitation of Ic cm per hour over an area of A hectares,
will give rise to a run-off

Q = 0.028 A Ic m 3/s

To account for losses due to absorption etc. introduce a co-efficient P.

Then

Q = 0.028 PAie ... (4.11)

Where
Q = max. run-off in m 3/s
A = area of catchment in hectares
IC = critical intensity ofrainfall in cm per hour
p = co-efficient of run-off for the catchment characteristics

12
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

(
The principal factors governing Pare : (i) porosity of the soil, (ii) area, shape and size of
( the catchment, (iii) vegetation cover, (iv) surface storage viz. existence oflakes and marshes, and
(v) initial state of wetness of the soil. Catchments vary so much with regard to these characteristics
that it is evrdently impossible to do more than generalize on the values of P. Judgement and experience
must be used in fixing P. Also see Table 4.1 for guidance.

Table 4.1 Maximum Value of Pin the Formula Q = 0.028 P Ale

Steep, bare rock and also city pavements 0.90

Rock, steep but wooded 0.80
Plateaus, lightly covered 0.70
Clayey soils, stiffand bare 0.60
-do- lightly covered 0.50
Loam, lightly cultivated or covered 0.40
-do- largely cultivated 0.30
Sandy soil, light gt"?wth 0.20
-do- covered, heavy brush 0.10

4.7.8. Relation between intensity and spread of storm: Rainfall recording stations are
points in the space and therefore the intensities recorded there are point intensities. Imagine an area
round a recording station. The intensity will be highest at the center and will gradually diminish as we
go farther away from the center, till at the fringes of the area covered by the storm, intensity will be
zero. The larger the area considered the smaller would be the mean intensity. It is, therefore, logical
to say that the mean intensity is some inverse function of the size of the area.

If I is the maximum point intensity at the center of the storm, then the mean intensity reckoned
over an area "a" is some fraction "f" of I. The fraction f depends on the area "a" and the relation
is represented by the curve in Fig. 4.2 which has been constructed from statistical analysis [51.

In hydrological theories it is assumed that the spread of the storm is equal to the area of the
catchment. Therefore in Fig. 4.2 the area "a" is taken to be the same as the area of the catchment.
The effect of this assumption can lead to errors which, on analysis have been found to be limited
to about 12 per cent [51.

4.7.9. The final run-off formula: Introducing the factor fin the Equation 4.11 we get,

Q = 0.028 Pf Ale ... (4.12)

Also combining with Equation (4.1 Ob)

2
Q = 0.028 PJA/0 ... (4.13)
tC + 1

13
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

0.5 . . . . _ _ - - ~ - - ~ - - - ~ - - -
0 10000 20000 30000 40000
CATCHMENT AREA IN HECTARES -

Fig. 4.2 'f' curve

Q =
... (4.14)
=A I0 A
I
0.056 f P
I
Where
tc + I ... (4.14a)
I
I
Jn the equation 4.14(a), I0 measures the role played by the clouds of the region and A that of
the catchment in producing the peak run-off. I
Jt should be clear from the foregoing discussion that the components of).. are function of A,L
I
and Hof the catchment.

4.7.10. Resume of the Steps for Calculating the Run-Off

Step 1 : Note down A in hectares, Lin km and Hin metres from the survey maps of
the area.

Step 2 : Estimate I0 for the region, preferably from rainfall records failing that from
local knowledge.

14
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

l0 =-~-( 1 +-~-)
Where F is rainfall in cm dropped by the severest storm in T hours.

Step 3: See Plate 1 and read values oftc, P, and f for known values ofL, Hand A.
Then calculate

Step 4 : Calculate Q = A 10 A

4.7.11. Example: Calculate the peak run-off for designing a bridge across a stream.

Given Catchment: L = 5 km; H = 30 metres; A= 10 sq. km= 1000 hectares. Loamy soil
largely cultivated.

Rainfall : The severest storm that is known to have occurred in 20 years resulted in 15 cm of
rain in 2.5 hours.

Solution:

F (T+l) 15 2.5 + 1 )
I = ---
0
------
T t+1 2.5 ( --- --+--
1 1
--- = 10.5 cm per hour

From Plate 1, tc = 1. 7 hours; f = 0.97; P = 0.30

0.056 f P 0.056 X 0.97 X 0.30

"- = - - - = =0.006
tC + 1 1.7 + 1
Q = A 10 A= I 000 x 10.5 x 0.006 = 63.6 m 3/s

4.7.12. Run-off curves for small catchmel{t areas (Plate 2) : Suppose the catchment
areas A in hectares and the average slope S of the main drainage channel are known. Assuming that
the length of the catchment is 3 times its width, then both Land H [as defined in para (4.7.5.2)], can
be expressed in terms of A and S and then tc calculated from equation ( 4.9).

Also for small areas,fmay be taken equal to one, then vide para 4.7.9.

15
I RC:SP: 13-2004

For 10 = 1 cm, the equation becomes,

0.056 )
Q=PA ( ... (4.15)
tC + 1

Hence Q can be calculated for various values of P, A and S. This has been done and curves
plotted in Plate 2.
'
Plate 2 can be used for small culverts with basins upto 1500 hectares or 15 sq. km. The
value of run-off read from Plate 2 are of"One Hour rainfall", I0 , of one cm. These values have to
be multiplied by the I0 of the region. An example will illustrate the use of this Plate.

4. 7.13. Example: The basin of a stremfi. is loamy soil largely cultivated, and the area of the
catchment is 10 sq. km. The average slope of the stream is 10 per cent. Calculate the run-off (1 ,
0
the one hour rainfall of the region is 2.5 cm).

Use Plate 2. For largely cultivated loamy soil P = 0.3 vide the Table in set in
Plate 2.

Enter the diagram at A= 10 sq. km= I 000 hectares; move vertically up to intersect the slope
I ine of IO per cent. Then, move horizontally to intersect the 00 line; join the intersection with P = 0.3
and extend to the run-off (q) scale and read.

q = 10.2 m3/s

Multiply with I0 •

Q = 10.2 x 2.5 = 25.5 m 3/s

4.7.14. In conclusion: The use of empirical formulae should be done with due caution and
only in consultation with expert. The average designer who cannot rely so much on his intuition and
judgement should go by the rational procedure outlined above.

The data required for the rational treatment, viz., A, L and H can be easily read from the
survey plans. As regards I0 it should be realized that this does not have to be calculated for each
design problem. This is the storm characteristic of the whole region, with pretty vast area, and
should be known to the local engineers.

Complicated formulae, of which there is abundance, have been purposely avoided in this
Article. Indeed, for a terse treatment, the factors involved are so many and their interplay so
comp Iicated that recourse need be taken to such treatment only when very important stru~tures are
involved and accurate data can be collected. For small bridges, the simple formulae given here will
give sufficiently accurate results.

16
~·.··•

IRC:SP: 13-2004
(I
,.

I ARTICLE 5

I ESTIMATING FLOOD .DISCHARGE FROM THE CONVEYANCE

I FACTOR AND SLOPE OF THE STREAM
I 5. 1. In a stream with rigid boundaries (bed and banks) the shape and the size of the cross-
section is significantly the same during a flood as after its subsidence. If the HFL is plotted and the

I bed slope is measured, it is simple to calculate the discharge.

5.2. But a stream flowing in alluvium, will have a larger cross sectional area when in flood
than that which may be surveyed and plotted after the flood has subsided. During the flood the
velocity is high and, therefore, an alluvial stream scours its bed, but when the flood subsides, the
velocity diminishes and the bed progressively silts up again. From this it follows that before we start
estimating the flood conveying capacity of the stream from the plotted cross-section, we should
ascertain the depth of scour and plot on the cross-section the average scoured bed line that is likely
to prevail during the high flood.

5 .3. The best thing to do is to inspect the scour holes in the vicinity of the site, look at the
size and the degree of incoherence of the grains of the bed material, have an idea of the probable
velocity of flow during the flood, study the trial bore section and then judge what should be taken as
the probable average scoured bed line.

5.4. Calculation of Velocity: Plot the probable scoured bed line. Measure the cross-
sectional area A in m 2 and the wetted perimeter P in m. Then calculate the hydraulic mean depth, R
by the formula.
A
R = (in m) ... (5.1)
p

Next, measure the bed slope S from the plotted longitudinal section of the stream. Velocity
can then be easily calculated from one of the many formulae. To mention one, viz., the Manning's
fonnula:
I i;3 i;2
V =-----R S ... (5.2)
n
Where
V = the velocity in mis considered uniform thr8ughout the cross-section
R = the hydraulic mean depth
s = the energy slope which may be taken equal to the bed slope, measured over a reasonably
long reach ~
n = the rugosity co-efficient

For values of n, see Table 5.1. Judgement and experience are necessary in selecting a
proper value of n for a given stream.

17
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Table 5.1 Rugosity Co-efficient, n

Surface Perfect Good Fair Bad

Natural Streams ~
(I) Clean, straight bank, full stage, no rifts or deep pools 0.025 0.0275 0.03 0.033
(2) Same as (1 ), but some weeds and stones 0.03 0.033 0.035 0.04
(3) Winding, some pools and shoals, clean 0.035 0.04 0.045 0.05
(4) Same as (3), lower stages, more ineffective slope 0.04 0.045 0.05 0.055
and sections
(5) Same as (3), some weeds and stones 0.033 0.035 0.04 0.045
(6) Same as (4 ), stoney sections 0.045 0.05 0.055 0.06
(7) Sluggish river reaches, rather weedy or with 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08
very deep pools
(8) Very weedy reaches 0.075 0.1 0.125 0.15

5.5. Calculation of Discharge

Q=A.Y. (5.3)
2/ 1/
3 2
A.R. S
Q~-- (5.4)

(5.5)

Where, 'A. = ----------

n

"A is a function of the size, shape and roughness of the stream and is called its conveyance
factor. Thus, the discharge carrying capacity of a stream depends on its conveyance factor and
slope.

5.6. When the cross-section is not plotted to the natural scale (the same scale horizontally
and vertically), the wetted perimeter cannot be scaled off directly from the section and has to be
calculated. Divide up the wetted line into a convenient number of parts, AB, BC and CD, etc.
(Fig. 5.1). Consider one such part, say PQ, let PR and QR be its horizontal and vertical projections.
Then PQ = ✓ (PR2 + QR2). Now, PR can be measured on the horizontal scale of the given cross-
section_ and QR on the vertical. PQ can then be calculated. Similarly, the length of each part is
calculated. Their sum gives the wetted perimeter.

18
~
~,
,\
IRC:SP: 13-2004

I
I
. 1cm=1m 1cm=1m
I
I
J 1 cm= 10m

I Fig. 5.1

5.7. If the shape of the cross-section is irregular as happens when a stream rises above
its banks and shallow overflows are created (Fig. 5.2) it is necessary to subdivide the channel into
two or three sub-sections. Then Rand n are found for each sub-section and their velocities and
discharges computed separately.

H.F.L

SUB SECTION-1 . SUB SECTION-3

Fig. 5.2

Where further elaboration is justified, corrections for velocity distribution, change of slope,
etc. may be applied. Books on Hydraulics give standard methods for thii..

5.8. Velocity Curves : To save time in computation, curves have been plotted in
Plate 3. Given R, Sand n, velocity can be read from this plate.

5.9. Better Measure than Calculate Velocity: It is preferable to observe the velocity
during a high flood. When it is not possible to wait for the occurrence of high flood, the velocity
may be observed in a moderate flood and used as a check on the theoretical calculations of
velocity. In making velocity observations, the selected reach should be straight, unifonn and reasonably
long.

5.10. The flood discharge should be calculated at each of the three cross-sections, which
as already explained in para 3.3 ¥10uld be plotted for all except very small structures. If the
difference in the three discharges, thus, calculated is more than l Oper cent the discrepancy has to be
investigated.

19
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 6

DESIGN DISCHARGE

6.1. Estimated Flood Discharge from Flood Marks on an Existing Structure

6.1.1. Having collected the necessary infonnation from inspection as mentioned in para 2.2,
the discharge passed by an existing structure can be calculated by applying an appropriate formula.
In Article 15 some formulae for calculating discharges from flood marks on existing bridges are
discussed. Worked out examples have been included in Article 17.

6.1.2. Distinct water mark on bridge piers and other structures can be easily found
immediately following the flood. Sometimes these marks can be identified years afterwards but it is
advisable to survey them as soon after the flood is possible. Turbulence, standing wave and slashing
may have caused a spread in the flood marks but the belt of this spread is mostly narrow and a
reasonably correct profile of the surface line can be traced on the sides of piers and faces ofabutments.
Th is is perhaps the most reliable way of estimating a flood discharge because in the fonnulae discussed
in Article-15 the co-efficient involved have been accurately found by experiments.

6.2. Fixing Design Discharge

6.2.1. The recommended rule : Flood discharges can be estimated in three different
ways as explained in Para 4.1 to 6.1.2. The values obtained should be compared. The highest of
these values should be adopted as the design discharge Q, provided it does not exceed the next
highest discharge by more than 50 per cent. If it does, restrict it to that limit.

6.2.2. Sound economy: The designer is not expected to aim at designing a structure of
such copious dimensions that it should pass a flood of any possible magnitude that can occur during
the Iifetime of the structure. Sound economy requires that the structure should be able to pass easily
floods of a specified frequency (once in 50 years) and that extraordinary and rare floods should pass
without causing excessive damage to the structure or the road.

6.2.3. The necessity for this elaborate procedure for fixing Q arises for sizeable structures.
As regards small culverts, Q may be taken as the discharge determined from the run-off formulae.

21
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 7

ALLUVIAL STREAMS LACEY'S EQUATIONS

7. I. The section of a stream, having rigid boundaries, is the same during the flood and
after its subsidence. But this is not so in the case of streams flowing within, partially or wholly,
erodible boundaries. In the latter case, a probable flood section has to be evolved from the theoretical
premises for the purpose of designing a bridge; it is seldom possible to measure the cross-section
during the high flood.

7.2. Wholly Erodible Section. Lacey's Theory : Streams flowing in alluvium are
wide and shallow and meander a great deal. The surface width and the normal scoured depth of
such streams have to be calculated theoretically from concepts whi<?h are not wholly rational. The
theory that has gained wide popularity in India is "Lacey's Theory of Flow in Incoherent Alluvium".
The salient points of that theory, relevant to the present subject, are outlined here ..

7.3. A stream, whose bed and banks are composed ofloose granular material, that has
been deposited by the stream and tan be picked-up and transported again by the current during flood,
is said to flow through incoherent alluvium and may be briefly referred to as an alluvial stream. Such
a stream tends to scour or silt up till it has acquired such a cross-section and (more particularly) such
a slope that the resulting velocity is "non-silting and non-scouring". When this happens the stream
becomes stable and tends to maintain the acquired shape and size ofits cross-section and the acquired
slope. It is then said : "to have come to regime" and can be regarded as stable._

7.4. Lacey's Equation : When an alluvial stream carrying known discharge Q has come
to regime, it has a regime wetted perimeter P, a regime slope S, and regime hydraulic mean depth R.
In consequence, it will have a fixed area of cross-section A and a fixed velocity V.

For these regime characteristics of an alluvial channel, Lacey suggestsC 181 the following
relationships. It should be noted that the only independent entities involved are Q and Ksf The Ks/
is cal led silt factor and its value depends on the size and looseness of the grains of the alluvium. Its
value is given by the formula:

... (7.la)

where dm is the weighted mean diameter of the particles in mm. Table 7 .1 gives values of
Ks for different bed materials.
1
(Typical method of determination of weighted mean diameter of particles (dm) as given in
Appendix-2 of IRC:5 is reproduced in Plate 4).

(a) Regime Cross-Sa;tion

P=4.8Q½ ... (7.1 b)

23
IRC:SP: 13-2004
'1

(This may vary from 4.5 Q½ to 6.3 Q½ according to local conditions)

11
3
0.473 Q \
R= ... (7.lc)
Ksf 113
513
0.0003/
S= ... (7.ld)
Ksf 116

(a) .,, Regime Velocity and Slope

V = 0.44Q1/6 Ks)'3 ... (7.le)

2.3 Q5/6
A= ... (7.1 t)
Ksf 113

Table 7.1 Silt Fa~tor Ks/ in Lacey's Equationsl 181= 1.76 ~

Type of bed material dm Ks/

Coarse silt 0.04 0.35
Silt/fine sand 0.081 to0.158 0.5 to 0.6
Medium sand 0.233 to 0.505 0.8 to 1.25
Coarse sand 0.725 1.5
Fine bajri and sand 0.988 1.75
Heavy sand 1.29to 2.00 2.0 to 2.42
.
7.5. The Regime Width and Depth: Provided a stream is truly alluvial, it is destined to
come to regime according to Lacey. It will then be stable and have a section and slope conforming to
his equations. For wide alluvial streams the stable width W can be taken equal to the wetted perimeter
P of Equation (7.la).

That is I/
W=P=4.8 Q 2 ... (7.2a)

Also, the normal depth of scour D on a straight and unobstructed part of a wide stream may
be taken as equal to the hydraulic mean radius R in Equation (7 .1 c). Hence,

0.473 13
D=-----
d ... (7.2b)
K/13

24
 IRC:SP:13-2004

ARTICLE 8

LINEAR WATERWAY

8.1. The General Rule for Alluvial Streams: The linear waterway of a bridge across
a wholly alluvial stream should normally be kept equal to the width required for stability, viz., that
given by Equation (7.2a).

8.2. Unstable Meandering Streams: A large alluvial stream, meandering over a wide
belt, may have several active channels separated by land or shallow sections of nearly stagnant
water. The actual (aggregate) width of such streams may be much in excess of the regime width
required for stability. In bridging such a stream it is necessary to provide training works that will
contract the stream. The cost of the latter, both initial and recurring, has to be taken into account in
fixing the linear waterway.

8.3. In the ultimate analysis it may be found in some such cases, that it is cheaper to adopt
a I inear waterway for the bridge somewhat in excess of the regime width given by Equation (7 .2a).
But as far as possible, this should be avoided. When the adopted linear waterway exceeds the
regime width it does not follow that the depth will become less than the regime depth D given by
Equation (7 .2b). Hence, such an increase in the length of the bridge does not lead to any countervailing
saving in the depth of foundations. On the contrary, an excessive linear waterway can be detrimental
in so far as it increases the action against the training works.

8.4. Contraction to be Avoided: The linear waterway of the bridge across an alluvial
stream should not be less than the regime width of the stream. Any design that envisages contraction
of the stream beyond the regime width, necessarily has to provide for much deeper foundation.
Much of the saving in cost expected from decreasing the length of the bridge may be eaten up by the
concomitant increase in the depth of the substructure and the size of training works. Hence, except
where the section of the stream is rigid, it is generally troublesome and also futile from economy
consideration to attempt contracting_the waterway.

8.5. Streams not Wholly Alluvial: When the banks of a stream are high, well defined,
and rigid (rocky or some other natural hard soil that cannot be affected by the prevailing current) but
the bed is alluvial, the linear waterway of the bridge should be made equal to the actual surface width
of the stream, measured from edge to edge of water along the HFL on the plotted cross-section.
Such streams are later referred to as quasi-alluvial.

8.6. Streams with Rigid Boundaries : In wholly rigid streams the rule of para 8.5
applies, but some reduction in the linear waterway may, across some streams with moderate velocities,
be possible and may be resorted to, if in the final analysis it leads to tangible savings in the cost of the
bridge. \

25
IRC:SP: 13-2004

8.7. As regards streams that overflow their banks and create very wide surface widths
with shallow side sections,judgement has to be used in fixing the linear waterway of the bridge. The
bridge should span the active channel and detrimental afflux avoided. See also Article 18.

I
I
I
I
t
[
I
f
I
l
I
26 ,0,,
j
.
.
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 9

NORMAL SCOUR DEPTH OF STREAMS

9.1. Alluvial Streams

9.1.1. What is the significance of the Normal Scour Depth? If a constant discharge were
passed through a straight stable reach of an alluvial stream for an indefinite time, the bo~ndary of its
cross-section should ultimately become elliptical.

This will happen when regime conditions come to exist. The depth in the middle of the
stream would then be the normal scour depth.

In nature-, however, the flood discharge in a stream does not have indefinite duration'. For this
reason the magnitude and duration of the flood discharge carriedp it would govern the shape of the
flood section of any natural stream. Some observers have found that curves representing the natural
stream sections during sustained floods have sharper curvature in the middle than that of an ellipse.
In consequence, it is believed th~t Lacey's normal depth is an under estimate when applied to natural
streams subject to sustained floods. However, pending further research, Lacey's equations may be
applied.

9.1.2. As discussed later in Article 11, the depth of foundations is fixed in relation to the
maximum depth of scour, which in turn is inferred from the normal depth of scour. The normal depth
of scour for alluvial streams is given by Equation (7 .2b), so long as the bridge does not contract the
stream beyond the regime width W given by Equation (7.2a).

9.1.3. If the linear waterway of the bridge for some special reason, is kept less than the
regime width of the stream, then the normal scour depth under the bridge will be greater than the
regime depth of the stream (Fig. 9.1).

Where
W = the regime width of the stream
L = the designed waterway; when the bridge is assumed to cause contraction L is less
thanW
o· = The normal scour depth when L = W
1
0 = The normal scour depth under the bridge with L less than W ,

According to Clause 703 oflRC:78-2000.

dsm = 1.34 ( Db:_)l/3 (9.1)

Where ks/
= discharge in m 3/s perm width
= silt factor for material obtained upto deepest anticipated scour.
= 1.76 Jd;;dm being the weighted mean diameter of particles in mm.
= normal scour depth in m.
27
IRC:SP: 13-2004

1-------------w--------------
i----------- L-----------

H.F.L

D
D'

FACE OF ABUTMENT
Fig. 9.1

The value of Db shall be total design discharge divided by the effecfr,,e linear waterway
between abutments or guide bunds.

This formulae take into account the effect of contraction and, therefore, no further modification
arc needed. When the bed is protected by apron and curtain wall, the scour considerations will be
different as discussed in Article-20.

9.2. Quasi-Alluvial Streams

9 .2.1. Some streams are not wholly alluvial : A stream r 1, 1y flow between banks which
are rigid in so far as they successfully resist erosion, but its bed may be composed ofloose granular
material which the current can pick-up and transport. Such a stream may be called quasi-alluvial to
distinguish it, on the one hand, from a stream with wholly rigid boundaries and, on the other, from a
wholly alluvial stream. Since such a ~tream is not free to erode its banks and flatten out the boundaries
of its cross-section as a wholly alluvial stream does, it does not acquire the regime cross-section
which Lacey's equations prescribe.

9 .2.2. It is not essential that the banks should be of rock to be inerodible. Natural mixtures
of sand and clay may, under the influence of elements, produce material hard enough to defy erosion
by the prevailing velocity in the stream.

Acrqss a stream section, the natural width of which is nowhere near that prescribed by
Lacey's theory, it is expected to find that the banks, even though not rocky are not friable enough to
be treated as incoherent alluvium for the application of Lacey's Theory. Such cases have, therefore,
got to be discriminated from the wholly alluvial streams and treated on a different footing.

9.2.3. In any such case the width Wofthe section, being fixed between the rigid banks, can
be measured. But the normal scour depth D corresponding to the design discharge Q has to be
estimated theoretically as it cannot be measured during the occurrence of high flood.

28
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

9.2.4. When the stream width is large compared to depth: In Article-5, for calculating
the discharge of the stream from its plotted cross-section, the probable scoured bed line (para 5.3)
was drawn.

When the stream scours down to that line it should be capable of passing the discharge
calculated there, say q m 3/s. But the discharge adopted for design, Q, may be anything upto 50 p~r
cent more than q (see para 6.2.1). Therefore, the scour bed line will have to be lowered further.
Suppose the normal scour depth for Q is D and that for q is d, then,

D-d (-}-)"' ... (9.2)

Since dis known, D can be calculated. This relationship depends on the assumption that the
width of the stream is large as compared, with its depth, and therefore, the wetted perimeter is
approximately equal to the width and is not materially affected by variations in depth. It also assumes
that the slope remains unaltered.

Q = x
area velocity
2/ 1/
= RPCR 3 S 2

= Klt 3 ... (9.3)

where K is a constant.
Q
Hence, R varies as 15 . Since in such streams R is very nearly equal to the depth, therefore,
31
D varies as Q 5. Hence, the equation (9 .2). .

From the above relationship it follows that if Q is 150 per cent of q, D will be equal to 127 per
cent of d.

9.2.5. Alternatively, the normal depth of scour of wide streams may be calculated as under.
If the width of the stream is large as compared with its depth, then W may be taken as P and Das R.

Q = area x velocity
= (PR) V = (WD) V, where Vis the mean velocity ..... (9.4)

Q
D =
WV

Now Wis the known fixed width of the stream. If the velocity V has actually been observed
(para 5.9), then D can be calculated from the above equation. For mean velocity, refer relevant
clause in IRC:6.

29
IRC:SP: 13-2004

9.2.6. Suppose the velocity has not been actually measured during a flood, but the slope Sis
known.

Q = area x velocity
(RP) F._13 Sl/2
=
n
= ws1;2 J!3
... (9.5)'
n
Knowing Q, W and S, D can be calculated from this equation.

For quickness, velocity curves in Plate 3 can be used. Assume a value of Rand fix a
suitable value of the rugosity co-efficient n appropriate for the stream. Corresponding to these
values and the known slope, read the velocity from Plate 3. Now calculate
the discharge (= YR W). If this equals the design discharge Q, then the assumed value of R is
correct. Otherwise, assume another value of Rand repeat. When the correct value of R has been
found, take D equal to R. (See the worked out Example in Article-16).

9 .2. 7. The procedure described above can be applied if either the slope of the stream or the
actual observed velocity is known. If either of these are not known, the following procedure for
approximate calculation of the normal scour depth can be applied.

Suppose the wetted perimeter of the stream is P and its hydraulic mean depth R. If Q is its
discharge, then,

Q = area x velocity
2/ 1/2
3
= (PR) (CR S ) ... (9.6a)

Now, if this stream, carrying the discharge Q, had been wholly alluvial, with a wetted perimeter
PI and hydraulic mean depth RI- for regime conditions, then,
2/ 1/
Q = (PIRI) (CR
3
s 2) ... (9.6b)

Also, for a wholly alluvial strc::am Lacey's Theory would give:

1/
pl = 4.8Q2 ... (9.6c)
1
0.473Q / 3
RI=---- ... (9.6d)
K i;3
sf
Equating values ofQ in (9.6a) and (9.6b), and rearranging we get

... (9.6e)

30

I
 IRC:SP:13-2004

Now substituting values of P 1 and R 1 from equations (9.6c) and (9.6d) in (9.6e), we get

1.21Q0.63
R = ... (9.6f)
Ksf 0.33 p0.60

Jfthe width W of the stream is large compared with its depth D, then writing W for P and D
for R in equation (9.6f).
1.21Q0.63
D --------- ... (9.7)
K 0.33 W 0.60
sf

Thus, if the design discharge Q, the natural width W, and the silt factor Ksf are known, the
normal scour depth D can be calculated from Equation (9.7).

The above reasoning assumes that the slope at the section in the actual case under
consideration is the same as the slope of the hypothetical (Lacey's) regime section, carrying the
same discharge. This is not improbable where the stream is old and its bed material is really incoherent
alluvium. But ifthere is any doubt.about this, the actual slope must be measured and the procedure
given in para 9.2.6 applied.

9.2.8. When the stream is not very wide: If the width of the stream is not very large as
compared with its depth, then the methods given above will not give accurate enough results. In such
a case draw the probable scoured bed line on the plotted cross-section, measure the area and the
wetted perimeter and calculate R.

Corresponding to this value of R and the known values of S and n, read velocity from
Plate 3. If the product of this velocity and the area equals the design discharge, the assumed
scoured bed line is correct. Otherwise, assume another line and repeat the process. Then
measure D.

9.2.9. Effect of contraction on normal scour depth : If, for some special reason, the
linear waterway L of a bridge across a quasi-alluvial stream is kept less than the natural unobstructed
width W of the stream (Fig. 9.1), then the normal scour depth under the bridge D' will be greater
than the depth D ascertained above for the unobstructed stream. Covered by the relationship:
1
D 2 ) /3
D
1
= 1.34 ( -K~;- ... (9.8)

Because Db ofL case will be more than Db of W case.

9.3. Scour in Clay and Bouldary Strata: There are no rational methods for assessment
of scour in clay or bouldary strata. Guidelines for calculating silt factor for bed materials consisting
of gravels and boulders as given in Appendix-I ofIRC:78-2000 may be adopted and are reproduced
in paras 9.3.1 and 9.3.2.

31
-
IRC:SP: 13-2004

9 .3 .1. Scour in clay : Scour in clay is generally less than scour in sand. Normally in field we
get a mixture of sand and clay at many places. For the purpose of assessment following definition of
sand and clay can be given.
Sand - Where~ is equal to or more than 15° even ifC (cohesion of soil) is more than
0.2 kg/cm 2
(Silt factor Ksf will be calculated as per provisions of para 7.4 or Table 7 .1 ).

Clay - Where~ is less than 15°

2
& C (Cohesion of soil) is more than 0.2 kg/cm

Scour in sand of above definition can be calculated by the formulae given earlier. In clay
instead of silt factor (Ks) clay factor (K 5rc) is adopted-

Ks/c = F (1 +[cj
Where ... (9.9)
C = Cohesion in kg/cm2 and
F = 1.5 ~ for ~ ::: 10° < 15°
= 1.75 for~::: 5° < 1o
0

= 2.0 for~ < 5°

Scour depth (dsm) ~ 1.34 (o// K,fo )"'

Db= discharge per unit width

9.3.2. Bouldary strata: There is no rational method to assess scour in bouldary strata of
boulders or pebbles. In the absence of any formula Ks1 may be determined as per Clause 703 .2.2 of
IRC:78 and adopted. If, say, average size of pebbles is db

1/2
Then, Ksf = 1.76 (db)
fordb=50mm
1/ · ... (9.10)
1.76 (50)2 = 12.4 l
I D 2 ) /3 D 2 l/3
Scour depth = 1.34 \ ___
b- = 1.34 (--b--)
Ks/ 12.4

It is, however, better to investigate depth of foundations adopted in past for similar foundation
and decide depth on the basis of precedence. Protection work around foundations in the form of
curtain wall and apron or garland blocks should be provided, when the foundation is lajd on bouldary
strata.

32
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 10

MAXIMUM SCOUR DEPTH

I 0.1. In considering bed scour, we are concerned with alluvial and quasi-alluvial streams
only and not with streams which have rigid beds.

I 0.2. In natural streams, the scouring action of the current is not uniform all along the bed
width. It is not so even in straight reaches. Particularly at the bends as also round obstructions to the
flow, e.g., the piers of the bridge, there is deeper scour than normal. In the following paragraphs,
rules for calculating the maximum scour depth are given. It will be seen that the maximum scour
depth is taken as a multiple of the normal scour depth according to the circumstances of the case.

I 0.3. In order to estimate the maximum scour depth, it is necessary first to calculate the
normal scour depth. The latter has already been discussed in detail. To summarise what has been
said earlier, the normal scour depth will be calculated as under:

(i) Alluvial Streams. Provided the linear waterway of the bridge is not less than the
regime width of the stream, the normal scour depth Dis the regime depth as calculated
from Equation (7 .2b).

(ii) Streams with Rigid Banks but Erodible Bed. Provided the linear waterway of
the bridge is not less than the natural unobstructed surface width of the stream, the
normal scour depth dis calculated as explained in Article 9.

I 0.4. Rules for finding Maximum Scour Depth. The rules for calculating the maximum
scour depth from the normal scour depth are:

Rule (1) : For average conditions on a straight reach of the stream and when the bridge is
a single span structure, i.e. it has no piers obstructing the flow, the maximum
scour depth should be taken as 1.27 times the normal scour depth, modified for
the effect of contraction where necessary.

Rule (2) : For bad sites on curves or where diagonal current exist or the bridge is multi-
span structure, the maximum scour depth should be taken as 2 times the normal
scour depth, modified for the effect of contraction when necessary.

l 0.5. The finally adopted value of maximum scour depth must not be less than the depth
(below HFL) of the deepest scour hole that may be found by inspection to exist at or near the site of
the bridge.

The following example will illustrate the application of the rules in para 10.4 above.

33
IRC:SP: 13-2004

10.6. Example 1. A ~ridg~__is pr()p<:>sed across an alluvial stream (Ks/= 1.2) carrying a
discharge of 50' m 3/s. Calculate the depth of maximum scour when the bridge consists of (a)
3 spans of 6 m and (b) 3 spans of 8 m

Regime surface width of the stream

W = 4.8Ql/2 = 4.8 X 50 1/ 2 = 33.94m

Regime depth
Q 113 0.473x5o 113
D = 0.473 ------ = - - - - - = 1.64m
K 1/3 (1.2)1/3
sf

Maximum scour depth

(a) when span (3x6 m), Db the discharge per metre width is
50/18, i.e., 2.778 cumecs
dsm = 1.34 (2.778 2 /1.2) 113 = 2.49 m
(i) Maximum depth of scour for pier
= 2 dsm = 2 x 2.49 = 4.98 m
(ii) Maximum depth of scour for abutment
= l.27dsm = l.27x2.49=3.16m
(b) When span is 3 x 8 m , Db the discharge per metre width is
50/24, i.e., 2.083 cumecs
dsm = 1.34 (2.083 2 /1.2) 113 = 2.055 rri
(i) Maximum depth of scour for pier
= 2 dsm = 2 x 2.055 = 4.11 m
(ii) Maximum depth of scour for abutment
= 1.27 dsm = 1.27 x 2.055 = 2.61 m

34
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 11
f
I DEPTH OF FOUNDATIONS

' 11.1.

Rule (1)
The following rules should be kept in view while fixing the depth of bridge foundations:

In Soil. The embedment of foundations in soil shall be based on assessment of

anticipated scour. Foundations may be taken down to a comparatively shallow
depth below the bed surface provided good bearing stratum is available and
foundation is protected against scour. The minimum depth of open foundations
shall be upto stratum having adequate bearing capacity but not less than 2.0m
below the scour level or protected scour level.

Rule .(2) In Rocks. When a substantial stratum of solid rock or other material not erodible
at the calculated maximum velocity is encountered at a level higher than or a
little below that given by Rule (I) above, the foundations shall be securely
anchored into that material. This means about 0.6 m into hard rocks with an
ultimate ~rushing strength of IO MPa or above and 1.5 m in all other cases.
Rule (3)
All Beds. The pressure on the foundation ~aterial must be well within the
safe bearing capacity of the material.

These rules enable one to fix the level of the foundations of abutments and
piers.

11.2. The above rules are applicable for open foundations only. For deep foundations like
well, and pile foundations, wherever adopted depending upon site requirements depth of foundations
shall be worked out as per IRC: 78.

35
 IRC: SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 12

SPAN AND VERTICAL CLEARANCE

12.1. As a rule, the number of spans should be as small as possible, since piers obstruct
flow. Particularly, in mountainous regions, where torrential velocities prevail, it is better to span from
bank to bank using no piers if possible.

12.2. Length of Span: In small structures, where open foundations can be laid and solid
abutments and piers raised on them, it has been analysed that the following approximate relationships
give economical designs.

For_Masonry arch bridges S = 2H

For RCC Slab Bridges S = 1.5 H
Where
S = Clear span length in metres
H = Total height of abutment-or pier from the bottom of its foundation to its top in metres. For
arched bridges it is measured from foundation to the intrados of the key stone. ·

12.3. Vertical Clearance: After fixing the depth of foundations Df, the vertical clearance
is added to it to get H. The minimum vertical clearance shall be provided as per Table 12.1.

Table 12.1

Discharge in m3/s Minimum vertical clearance in mm

Upto 0.30 - 150
Above 0.3 and upto 3.0 - 450
Above 3 and upto 30 - 600
Above 30 and upto 300 - 900
Above 300 and upto 3000 - 1200
Above 3000 - 1500

For openings of culverts having arched decking, the clearance below the crown of the intrados
ofarch shall not be less than 1/10 of the maximum depth of water plus 1/3 of the rise ofarch intrados.

Further to keep the free board of approaches not less than 1750 mm (Clause 107 .1 oflRC:5)
the vertical clearance in slab/box cell bridges may be increased suitably.

In designing culverts for roads across flat regions where streams are wide and shallow
(mostly undefined dips in the ground surface), and in consequence the natural velocities of flow are
very low, the provision of clearance serves no purpose. Indeed it is proper to design such culverts on
the assumption that the water at the inlet end will pond up and submerge the inlet to a predetermined
extent. This will be discussed in Article 19.

37
IRC:SP: 13-2004

In case of structure over artificial channels or canals, etc. the minimum vertical clearance
should be taken 600 mm above the Full Supply Level.

12.4. The Number of Spans:

12.4.1. If the required lineat waterway Lis less than the economical span length it has to be
provided in one single span.

12.4.2. When Lis more than the economical span length (S) the number of spans (N) required
is tentatively found from the following relation:

L = NS

12.4.3. Since N must be a whole number (preferably odd) S has to be modified suitably. In
doing so it is permissible to adopt varying span lengths in one structure to keep as close as possible to
the requirements of economy and to cause the least obstructions to the flow.

12.5. To facilitate inspection and carrying out repairs, the minimum vent height of culverts
should normally be 1500 mm. The vent size of irrigation culverts may be decided considering the
actual requirements and site condition. For pipe culverts minimum diameter should be I 000 mm.

38
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 13

GEOMETRIC STANDARDS, SPECIFICATIONS

AND QUALITY CONTROL

13.1. Details of small bridges and culverts of probable spans and heights conforming to
latest IRC codes and guidelines are incorporated with a view to cut short the time in preparation of
estimates and design of culverts and attain uniform standards and quality control in the work.

13.2. Geometric Standards

13.2.1. IRC standards : Standards contained in IRC:73 and IRC:86 are adopted for
Geometric Standa_rds. The overall widths adopted for culverts and small bridges for 2-lane carriageway
are as follows.

NH and SH 12m
MOR 8.4m

Fig. 13.1 gives width for ·4-lane roads.

13.2.2. Design loads for 2-lane roadway: Design loading for culverts and small bridges
should be as below:

Village Road and ODR(Rural Roads) - 2-lanes IRC Class A

NH, SH and MOR - 70 R or 2-lanes of Class A whichever
gives worst effect

13.2.3. Width ofroadway: The width of a culvert and small bridge (along the direction of
flow) should be such that the distance between the outer faces of the parapets will equal the full
designed width of the formation of the road. Any proposed widening of the road formation in the
near future should also be taken into account in fixing the width of the structure. In case of high
banks, the length of culvert should be judiciously decided to avoid high face walls.

13.2.4. In small bridges, the width (parallel to the flow of the stream) should be sufficient to
give a minimum clear carriageway of 4.25 m for a single-lane bridge and 7 .5 m for a two-lane bridge
between the inner faces of the kerbs or wheel guards. Extra provision should be made for footpaths,
etc., if any are required.

13.2.5. Siting of structures and gradients: Culverts and small bridges must be sited on
the straight alignment ofroads. If the Nalla is crossing the road at angles other than right angle,
either skew culverts and small bridges should be provided or, if economical, the Nalla should be
suitably trained. The same gradient of road may be provided for these. If these are situated at
change of gradient (hump), the profile of vertical curve should be given in wearing coat. Alternatively,
the profile could be given in the deck itself. The bearing surface of deck slab on the abutmen/pier
cap should be horizontal.

39
I_RC:SP: 13-2004

~1----------24000 - - - - - - - - - ~ -

-TI-1--1-,---s250 ----jf-+f-P3:G-41----~: -ER~ I.

Ll~--___:.....2_.5"---~/} ._._~____2_.5".:___ _:ll-LJ
SECTION A-A

'·

CARRIAGEWAY MEDIAN CARRIAGEWAY·

:c
b
z
~
w
...I
E:>) 5)~ 5~) 5~(1
w
C)
0
- 9250 -3500- 9250 i--

a:ID

--
150-
-250 50C
- 2500 7000 -4500- 7000 1000

----------24000-----------

Fig. 13.1

40
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

13.3. Design :

13.3.1. Road top level : For maintaining the geometric standards of the road, culverts and
smal I bridges should be constructed simultaneously with the earthwork as otherwise there would be
the follow.ing two disadvantages.

(I) Practically, every culvert and small bridge becomes a hump on the road and geometric
of the road is affected.
(2) Duplicate work of consolidation of approaches giving rise to extra cost.

13.3.2. Minimum span and clearance: From the consideration of maintenance of culverts,
it is desirable that the span of slab culvert is kept minimum 2 m and height 1.5 m and diameter of
pipes 1.0 m. Culverts of small span or diameter are found to get choked due to silting and also cause
difficulty in cleaning.

13.3.3. Pipe culverts: Pipe culverts shall conform to IS category NP3/NP4. The cushion
between the top of the pipe and the road level shall not be less than 600 mm.

For small size structures, RCC pipe culverts with single row or upto six rows ofR.C.C. pipes,
depending upon the discharge may be used as far as possible, as they are likely to prove comparatively
cheaper than slab culverts.

13 .3 .4. RCC slab : RCC slab culverts and small bridges should be adopted where the founding
strata is rocky or of better bearing capacity. In case where adequate cushion is not available for
locating pipe culvert RCC slab culvert should be adopted. RCC slab culverts/bridges are also .useful
for cattle crossing during dry weather.

13.3.5. RCC box cell structures: In a situation where bearing capacity of soil is low, RCC
Box type culvert should be preferred.

13 .3 .6. Balancing culverts: Balancing culvert are to be located at points on L section of

the road where down gradients meet. These balancing culverts balance the discharge from either
side of the road. Observation of the road alignment during rains also gives a good idea about location
of balancing culverts.

13.4. Numbering of Culverts and Small Bridges:

13.4.1. The numberor'culvert/small bridge is indicated in each km. For instance number 21/
8 represents the 8th CD structure in kilometer 21.

The information regarding (1), the number of spans (2), clear span length in m and (3) the
type of decking or culverts is indicated below:

Number of spans, clear span in m, type of cull'ert/small bridges are given, e.g.,
I x 2 x S means 1 span of 2 m with RCC solid slab. For various types of culverts and small bridges

41
IRC:SP: 13-2004

the suffix (3) will be represented by-

RCC Solid slab - s Pipe culvert p

Arc~1 A Box Type B
Stone Slab ST

l 3.4.2. The number of the structure shall be inscribed near the top of the left hand side
parapet wall as seen by traffic in the end elevation when approcahing the structure from each direction.

In situtations where instead of parapet walls, the structure is provided with railings, but having
no end supporting pillars on which the number could be inscribed, the number of the structure shall
be indicated by means of a numbering plate of the size 300 x 300 mm. There shall be two such
numbering plates, one for each direction of travel. The plates shall be welded or fixed securely to the
railing on the left hand side facing the carriageway as close to the entrance to the structure as
possible.

In the case of buried culverts, such as pipe culverts, where there is usually no parapet walls
or railings at the roadway level, two stone or RCC posts, having a cross-section of 150x 150 mm and
exposed height 300 mm shall be set up, one on each side to mark the position of the culvert. Care
shal I be taken to locate the marker posts fully outside the prescribed roadway width. The culvert
number shall not be engraved on the marker posts but be either engraved or painted at their base.

13 .4 .3. For details reference may be made to "Recommended Practice for Numbering Bridges
and Culverts", IRC:7-1971.

13 .5. General Design Aspects and Specifications : The type design of pipe culverts and
RCC slab culverts and slab bridges given here are based on following general aspects. Coursed
rubble stone masonry for substructure and parapet walls is gen~rally found to be economical in
comparison to mass concrete substructure. The masonry below or above the ground level should be
as per IRC:40. If bricks having minimum crushing strength of7 Mpa are available, these·can also be
used for culverts.

13.5.1. Parapet wall and railing: For culverts, where parapet walls are provided they shall
be of plain concrete Ml 5 grade or brick or store masonry with 450 mm top width. In case of pipe
culverts no parapet walls are needed and guard stones would be adequate except for culverts on hill
roads. Guard stones provided shall be of size 200x200x600 mm. Railings as given in Standard Drawings
of MORT&H may also be provided for culverts and small bridges. Railings or parapets shall have
a minimum height above the adjacent roadway or footway safety kerb surface of I. I m less one half
the horizontal width of the top rail or top of the parapet. Crash barriers may be provided when they
are found functionally required. Crash barriers when provided shall conform to provisions in IRC:5
and while adopting MORT&H standard drawings, the design of deck slab shall be checked for
provision of crash barriers.

13.5.2. Wearing coat: Normally, the wearing surfaces of the road shall be carried over the

42
(' IRC:SP: 13-2004

culverts/small bridges. However for low category rotd which do not have bituminous surfaces, concrete
wearing coat of average 75 mm need be adopted and approach profile may be suitably graded.

13.5.3. Approach slab : Approach slab can be dispensed with in case of culverts.

13.5.4. Deck slab: M 20 concrete for moderate and M 25 concrete for severe conditions of
exposure and high strength deformed bars conforming to IS: 1786 are specified for the deck slabs.

13.5.5. Expansion joint: For spans upto 10 m premoulded bituminous sheet (like, shalitex
board) of 20 mm thickness are required to be provided.

RCC slab shall rest on tar paper over abutment/pier cap.

13.5.6.· Pier/abutment cap/coping: The minimum thickness of reinforced cap over solid
PC-C/RCC substructure shall be 200 mm and that in case of masonry substructure shall not be less
than 500 mm. The minimum grade of concrete shall be M 20 and M 25 for moderate and severe
conditions of exposure respectively. However, the coping over the returns may be ofM 15 grade and
thickness not less than 100 mm.

13.5.7. Section of pier abutment and returns: The abutment and pier sections should be
so designed as to withstand safely the worst combination of loads and forces as specified in the
IRC:6-2000.

13 .5 .8. Top width of pier/abutment: In respect of masonry and concrete piers/abutments

minimum width at top of pier and abutments for slab bridges just below the caps shall be as per
Table 13.1. Tar paper bearings shall be provided between abutment/peir cap and RCC slab for spans
upto 10 m.

Table 13.1
Span (in m) Minimum width at top
of abutment/pier (mm)
2.0 500
3.0 500
4.0 1000
5.0 1000
6.0 1200
8.0 1200
10.0 1200

If the velocity flow is more than 4.5 mis and river carries abrasive particles, it is advisable to
design section of foundation and pier considering their effect. A sacrificial layer of brick/stone
masonry of suitable thickness and height shall be provided irrespective of total height of substructure.

43
IRC:SP: 13-2004

In the case of arch bridges, the top width of abutments and piers should be adequate to
accommodate skew decks and to resist the stresses imposed under the most unfavourable conditions
of loading.

13 .5. 9. Return walls or wing walls : Wing walls are generally at 45° angle to the abutment
and are also called as splayed wing walls. Walls parallel to road are called as return walls.

Where embankment height exceeds 2 m, splayed return walls may be preferred. The length
of straight return should normally be 1.5 tiines the height of the embankment. Where the foundations
of the wing walls can be stepped up, having regard to the soil profile, this should be done for the sake
of economy. Quite often short return walls meet the requirements of the site and should be adopted.

The top width of wing walls and returns shall not be less than 450 mm.

13.5.10. Weepholes and water spouts: Adequate number ofweepholes at spacing not
exceeding 1 min horizontal and vertical direction should be provided to prevent any accumulation of
water and building up of the hydrostatic pressure behind the abutment and wing walls. The weep
holes should be provided at about 150 mm above low water level or ground level whichever is higher.
Weepho !es shat I be provided with 100 mm dia AC pipes for structures in plain/reinforced concrete,
brick masonry and stone masnory. For brick and stone masonry structures, rectangular weepholes of
80 mm wide and 150 mm height may also be provided. Weepholes shall extend through the full width
of the concrete/masonry with slope of about 1 vertical to 20 horizontal towards the drainage face.

In case of stone masonry, the spacing of weep holes shall be adjusted to suit the height of the
course in which they are formed. The sides and bottom of the weep hole_s in the interior shall be
made up with stones having fairly plain surface.

For spans more than 5 m one water spout of 100 mm dia. in the center of the slab located on
either side of the deck shall be provided. The spacings of drainage spouts shall not exceed 10 m.

In case of one side camber the number shall be doubled and location suitably adjusted.

13 .5 .11. Foundation concrete : Foundation concrete shall not be less than M 15 grade. If
the foundation level is below water table, 10 per cent extra cement is to be added in concrete. The
minimum depth of footing shall be 300 mm. For foundation resting on rock a levelling course of at
Ieast 15 0 mm in M 15 grade of concrete shall be used.

13.5.12. Arches: The type of superstructure depends on the availability of the construction
materials and its cost. An evaluation of the relative economics ofRCC slabs and masonry arches
should be made and the latter adopted where found more economical.

The masonry arches may be either of cement concrete blocks ofM 15 or dressed stones or
bricks in 1:3 cement mortar. The crushing strength of concrete, stone or brick units shall not be less
than 105 kg/cm 2 • Where stone masonry is adopted for the arch ring, it shall be either coursed rubble
masonry or ashlar masonry.

44
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

I 3 .5. I 3. Raft foundation : Raft foundations are found to be quite suitable for small bridges
and culverts where the founding strata is soft and has SBC upto IO t/m 2 • The following aspects are
to be kept in. consideration.

( 1) Raft foundations are suitable for all types of structures other than pipe culverts.
(2) Protection needs to be provided in the form of apron.
(3) Cut-off should be done first, i.e., before the raft. Immediately, after the raft is complete,
aprons on U/s and Dis shoul~ be completed.
(4) Details of raft foundation are given in Article 21.

I 3.6. Quality Control

13.6.1. Although, the work of culverts and small bridges is simple it is necessary to have
quality control in.the work of stone/brick masonry and concrete in deck slab, bar bending, etc.
Reference may be made to ''Guidelines on Quality Systems for Road Bridges'', IRC:SP:47-1998.

I 3.6.2. Specifications should be in accordance with "Specification for Road and Bridge Works"
of Ministry of Road Transport and Highways published by Indian Roads Congress.

13.7. Setting out of culverts and small bridges: Setting out of culverts and small
bridges should be done from 4 masonry pillars, two in the direction ofroad and two along the stream,
al I placed along two center lines. The top of pillars in the direction of road should be at the proposed
top level of deckslab. Two lines, one along the direction of stream and the other along the center line
of road should be inscribed on one of the pillars and all distances should be measured with respect to
these Iines. The pillars should be placed sufficiently away from the zone of excavation.

13.8. Masonry Work

13.8.1. All masonry work shall conform to IRC:40. The mortar mix in case of cement sand
shall be 1 :3, 1 :4 or 1 :5, whereas, in case of cement lime sand it shall be 1.0:0.5 :4.5.

13.8.2. Brick proposed to be used shall be of minimum compressive strength of 7 MPa.

However, for rivers with velocity of 4.5 mis and carrying highly abrasive particles, this shall be
increased to 10 MPa.

13.8.3. Brick and stone masonry shall conform to IRC:40.

13.9. Concrete

13.9.1. According to IRC:21, the minimum grade of plain concrete is M 15 of concrete and
that of RCC is M 20. The size of metal to be used for RCC slabs and the grading of aggregates are
specified in relevant codes. It is advisable to use power driven concrete mixer. Similarly, vibrators
should also be made available. Furthermore, precast copcrete cover blocks must be provided to
ensure bottom cover to reinforcement. Water cement ratio must be limited to 0.45 maximum. In
case of use of Plasticiser w/c ratio can be restricted to 0.4. Size of coarse aggregate will be 20 mm
for RCC and upto 40 mm for plain concrete.

45
IRCSP: 13-2004

13.10. Bar bending : Lengths of bars and numbers are given in standard drawings.
Cutting of bars from available stock must be done carefully. Generally, tendency of cutting bars of
required lengths and discarding pieces of shorter lengths give rise to greater wastages. Normally
staggered overlaps to the extent of25 per cent may be provided. Calculated quantities of steel are
increased suitably to account for overlaps, its length conforming to IRC:21. Steel chairs should be
provided for maintaining correct position oftop bars.

ol

46

j
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 14

STRUCTURAL DETAILS OF SMALL BRIDGES AND

CULVERTS

14.1. Abutment and Wing Wall Sections: For RCC slab culverts designed for IRC
single lane of class 70 R loading or 2-lanes oflRC class A loading, the abutment and wing wall
sections upto 4 m height for a minimum bearing capacity of the soil of 16.5 t/m 2 are given in Plate 5.
These sections are not applicable for seismic zones IV and V.

The base widths of the abutment and the pier depend on the bearing capacity of the soil. The
pressure at the toe of the abutment should be worked out to ensure that the soil is not overstressed.

The pier sections should be made preferably circular in the case of skew crossings.

14.2. Filling behind the abutments, wing walls and return walls shall confirm to IRC:78 as
reproduced in Appendix "B".

14.3. Unreinforced Masonry Arches: Plate 6 shows the details of arch ring of segmental
masonry arch bridges without footpaths for spans 6 m and 9 m.

The section of abutment and pier for masonry arch bridges will have to be designed taking
into account the vertical reaction, horizontal reaction and the moment at springing due to dead load
and live load. Table 14.1 gives the details of horizontal reaction, vertical reaction and moment at
springing for arch bridges of span 6 m and 9 m and Table 14.2 gives the influence line ordinates for
horizontal reaction, vertical reaction and moment at springing for a unit load placed on the arch ring.

Table 14.1 Vertical Reaction, Horizontal Reaction and Moment at Springing Due to Dead
Load of Arch Ring Masonry, Fill Material and Road Crust for One Meter of
Arch Measured Along the Transverse Direction (i.e. Perpendicular to the
Direction of Traffic) for Right Bridges

SI. No. Effective Span Horizontal Reaction Vertical Reaction Moment at Springing
(m) {Tonnes) (Tonnes) (Tonne Metres)

(I) 6 9.35 10.92 (+)0.30

(2) 9 17.40 21.00 (+) 0.47

Notes : l. Unit weight of arch ring masonry, fill materials and the road crust is assumed as 2.24 t/m 3•
2. Positive sign for moment indicates tension on the.inside of arch ring.

47
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Table 14.2 Influence Line Ordinates for Horizontal Reaction (H) Vertical Reaction at
Support (VA) and (VB) and Moment at Springing (MA) and (MB) for Unit Load,
Say 1 Tonne Located along the Arch Axis at an Angle 0 Degrees from the
Radius OC. Rise of Arch is One Quarter of Span (Fig. 14.1)

SI. 0 Degree Hin VA in VB in MA MB

No. tonnes tonnes tonnes (tonnes-m) (tonnes-m)
(a) Effective Span 6 m
(I) 0 0.93 0.500 0.500 (-)0.2213 (-)0.2213

(2) 5 0.91 0.577 0.423 (-)0.1388 (-)0.2775

(3) 15 0.75 0.725 0.275 (+)0.0713 (-)0.3075
(4) 25 0.52 0.849 0.152 (+)0.2513 (-)0.2588
(5) 35 0.25 0.940 0.061 (+)0.3413 (-)0.1388
(6) 45 0.05 0.989 0.012 (+)0.2438 (-)0.0338
(7) 53°8' 0 1.000 0 0 0
(b) Effective Span 9 m
(1) 0 0.93 0.500 0.500 (-)0.3318 (-)0.3318
(2) 5 0.91 0.577 0.423 (-)0.2081 (-)0.4163
(3) 15 0.75 0.725 0.275 (+)0.1069 (-)0.4612
(4) 25 0.52 0.849 0.152 (+)0.3769 (-)0.3881
(5) 35 0.25 0.940 0.061 (+)0.5119 (-)0.2081
(6) 45 0.05 0.989 0.012 (+)0.3656 (-)0.0506
(7) 53°8' 0 1.000 0 0 0

Note : Positive sign for moment indicates tension on the inside of arch ring

14.4. RCC Slabs

14.4.1. The details of RCC slabs to be used for culverts and bridges at right crossings and
skew crossings (with and without footpaths) based on MORT&H's standard drawings are given in
Plates 7 to 12 as brought out below:

Right crossings (with and without footpaths)

Plate 7 - General Notes

Plate 8 - General arrangement details
Plate 9 - Depth of slab and quantities per span

48
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

UNIT LOAD
(1 TONNE)
C=CROWN

t
RISE=1/4 SPAN

0
Fig. 14.1

Skew crossings (with and without footpaths)

Plate IO - General Notes

Plate 11 - General arrangement details
Plate 12 - Depth of slab and quantities per span

14.4.2. For carriageway widths less or more than that prescribed in the Plates 8 and 11
quantities can be worked out proportionately based on the actual carriageway widths.

14.5. Box Cell Structures: The details for single cell box upto 8 m opening, for double
ce 11 upto 3 m opening of each cell and triple cell upto 3 m opening of each cell with and without earth
cushion for varying bearing capacity upto 20 t/m 2 based on MORT&H's standard drawings are given
in Plates 13 to 22 as brought out below:
Plate 13 - General Notes
Plate 14 - Index Sheet
Plate 15 to 20 - General arrangement
Plate 21 - Quantities of steel and concrete
Plate 22 - Floor Protection works

14.6. RCC Pipe Culverts: The details of pipe culverts of 1 m dia, with single or double
pipes having cement concrete or granular materials in bed are given in Plates 23 to 26.
14. 7. In this document the drawing of abutments and wing walls in plain cement concrete
upto 4 m height has been included. For other sub-structure and foundations in R.C.C. and P.C.C./
masonry, the design details may be worked c:.:t ~~ :,er relevant IRC Codes depending upon the type
of superstructure and foundation conditions.
49

l
 IRC:SP:13:.2004

ARTICLE 15

ELEMENTS OF THE HYDRAULICS OF FLOW THROUGH BRIDGES

15 .1. The formulae for discharge passing over broad crested weirs and drowned orifices
have been developed ab initio in this section. These formulae are very useful for computing flood
discharges from the flood marks left on the piers and abutments of existing bridges and calculating
afflux in designing new bridges. It is necessary to be familiar with the rationale of these formulae to
be able to apply them intelligently.

15.2. Broad Crested Weir Formulae applied to Bri<lge Openings : In Fig. 15.1,
X-X is the water surface profile, and Z-Z the total energy line. At Section 1, the total energy_..
u2
H =---+D ... (15.1)
2g u

At Section 2, let the velocity head AB be a fraction n of H, i.e.,

v2 .
AB=---- =nH ... (15.2)
2g
Equating total energies at Sections 1 and 2 ignoring the loss of head due to entry and friction
H = AC = AB + BC = nH + BC
:. BC = (1-n) H ... (15.3)

PIER

Z ---·-· ·- ·-·-· A ENERGY LINE

u2/2g ----·-·7·-· ·-·-·-·-·-·-·-·- 2
X ---+-+---+--. 'h.H

u--- H '-i"EsrT!~~rx
v---
C
1 BED 2
Fig. 15.1

The area of flow at Section 2,

a = BC x linear waterway
= (1-n) HL

51
IRC: SP: 13-2004

Where Lis the linear waterway. From Eq. (15.2) Velocity at Section 2
I/
v=(2gnH) 2

Therefore, the discharge through the bridge

Q=av
. 1I
= (1-n) HL (2gn H) 2

To account for losses in friction, a coefficient Cw may be introduced. Thus,

1;
Q = Cw (1-n) HL (2gn H) 2
3;2 ( 1; 3; )
= Cw {2g LH n 2 - n2 ... (15.4)

The depth BC adjusts itself so that the discharge passing through the section is maximum.
Therefore, differentiating

dQ
------- = 0
dn
1 _ 1/2 3 I/
2
----- n n =0
2 2
1
:. n = -----
3
1
Putting n = in Eq. (15.4) we get
3
Q = 1.706 Cw LI.f/2 ... (15.5a)

Combining with Eq. (15 .1)

2 3/2
Q = 1.706CWL (Du+ -~-) ... (15.5b)

1 2
Since AB is H, therefore, BC is - - H, or 66. 7 per cent of H ..
3 3
On exit from the bridge, some of the velocity head is reconverted into potential head due to
the expansion of the section and the water surface is raised, so that Dd is somewhat greater than BC,
i.e. greater than 66.7 per cent ofH. In fact, observations have proved that, in the limiting condition,
Dd can be 80 per cent of Du· Hence, the following rule:
1
"So long as the afflux (Du - D d) is not less than
depends on Du and is independent ofD/. ·
4 Dd• the weir formula applies, i.e., Q

52
 IRC:SP:13-2004

The fact that the downstream depth Dd has no effect on the discharge Q, nor on the upstream
1
depth Du when the afflux is not less than /
4
Dd is due to the formation of the "Standing Wave".

The coefficient Cw may be taken as under:-

(1) Narrow Bridge opening with or without floors 0.94

(2) Wide bridge opening with floors 0.96
(3) Wide bridge opening with no bed floors 0.98

15.3. The Orifice Formulae: When the downstream depth, D dis more than 80 per cent
of the upstream depth Du, the weir formula does not hold good, i.e. the performance of the bridge
opening is no longer unaffected by Dd.

In Fig. 15.2, X-X is the water surface line and Z-Z the total energy line.

Apply Bernouli's Equation to points 1 and 2, ignoring the loss of head (h) due to entry and
friction.
u2 1
v2
D + ----
u 2
=D +-
2
-
g g
or

v2

1
Put D u -D=h

Then, 11
v= ~(H +-ii 2) 2

The discharge through the Section 2,

Q=av

Substituting

... (15.6)

1
Now the fractional difference between Jj and Dd is small. Put Dd for D in Eq. (15.6).
1
{ 2 ) '2
Q = LDd fii lh'+-~g ... (15.7)

53
IRC:SP: 13-2004

PIER

z ENERGY LINE
u 2, 2g z
X
h WATER SURFACE
,.,.--1~§~-x
u- v-
Du
D'

1 BED 2
Fig. 15.2

In the field it is easier to work in terms ofh = Du -Dd instead ofh'. Buth is less than~ as
on emergence from the bridge the water surface rises, due to recovery of some velocity energy as
potential head. Suppose eu2/2g represents the velocity energy that is converted into potential head.

Then eu2
h'= h+---
2g
Substituting in equation (15.7)
11
u2 }2
Q = LDd j2i ( h + (e+ 1)--i°gf
Now introduce a co-efficient C0 to account for losses of head through b~idge, we get.
2 I/
Q- C,_J2i LDd ( h + (J+e)~g--r ... (15.8)
For values of e and C0 , see Figs. 15.3 and 15.41 101

15.4. In Conclusion : Let us get clear on some important points

(I) In all these formulae Dd is not affected in any way by the existence of the bridge. It
depends only on the conveyance factor and slope of tail race. Dd has, therefore, got
to be actually measured or calculated from area - slope data of the channel as
explained already in Article 7.

(2) The Weir Formula applies only when a standing wave is formed, i.e., when the afflux
(h = Du -Dd) is not less than¼ Dd.

54
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

1.1

1.0 --- .......... l""'!'oo,

!'oo.._
...........
0.9 I.... ~ ..
~~
0.8 ·"'~
~
!lo.
0.7

0.6
''
0.5 ''
0.4
' ' ,,
"', I\
0.3
e
0.2 ' l'I
'\.

0.1
L= SUM OF BRIDGE SPANS
W= UNOBSTRUCTED WIDTH OF STREAM
' I\
I'"
a= AREA OF FLOW UNDER TI-IE BRIDGE
0.0 A= UNOBSTRUCTED AREA OF FLOW OF THE STREAM
I I I
~"
0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
a L
A.or W
Fig. 15.3 Elements of the hydraulics of flow through bridges
The orifice formula coefficient "e"

(3) The Orifice Formulae with the suggested values ofC0 and e should be applied when
the affiux is less than 1/4 Dd.

15 .5. Examples have been worked out in Articles 16 and 17 to show how these formulae
can be used to calculate aflux and discharge under bridges.

55
IRC:SP: 13-2004

1.0

ll
0.95 I
)

II
L,;11
II
1/'
0.90
r-. II"
""', y
""" ........
.,,, ... ~
--
i,....i,....
- '-

1 0.85
L= SUM OF BRIDGE SPANS
W= UNOBSTRUCTED WIDTH OF STREAM
a= AREA OF FLOW UNDER THE BRIDGE
A= UNOBSTRUCTED AREA OF FLOW OF THE STREAM
0.8 0 I I I

0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

a L
Aor W

Fig. 15.4 The Orifice Formula Coefficient "C0 "

56
 ii

IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 16

AFFLUX

16.1. The afflux at a bridge is the hea~ing up of the water surface caused by it. It is
measured by the difference in levels of the water surfaces upstream and downstream of the bridge
(Fig. 16.1).

PIER

--
h=Afftux
--
u V

Du
Dd

BED

SECTION

~ll//llll/rd s

~t
u w s
v--- .
w~ s

PLAN
Fig. 16.1

16.2. When the waterway area of the openings of a: bridge is less than the unobstructed
natural waterway area of the stream, i.e., when the bridge contracts the stream, afflux occurs.
Contraction of the stream is normally not done, but under some circumstances it is taken recourse to,

57
IRC:SP: 13-2004

if it leads to ponderable economy. Also, in the case of some alluvial streams in plains the natural
stream width may be much in excess of that required for regime. When spanning such a stream, it
has to be contracted to, more or less, the width required for stability by providing training works.

16.3. Estimating afflux is necessary to see its effect on the 'clearance' under the bridge, on
the regime of the channel upstream of the bridge; and on the design of training works.

16.4. For calculating afflux we must know (1), the discharge Q, (2) The unobstructed
width of the stream W, (3) the linear waterway of the bridge L, and (4) the average depth downstream
of the bridge Dd.

16.5. The downstream depth Dd· is not affected by the bridge : it is controlled by the
conveyance factor and slope of the channel below the bridge. Also, the depth, that prevails at the
?ridge site before the construction of the bridge, can be assumed to continue to prevail just downstream
of the bridge after its construction. Thus, Dd is the depth that prevails at the bridge site before its
construction. To estimate afflux we must know Dd. In actual problems, Dd is either given or can be
calculated from the data supplied.

16.6. Example : A bridge, having a linear waterway of 25 m, spans a channel 33 m wide

carrying a discharge of 70 m 3/s. Estimate the afflux when the downstream depth is I m.

D = Im · W = 33 m · L = 25 m
d ' '

Discharge through the bridge· by the Orifice Formula.

Q ~ C ~ LDd J(h + (I +e) -~-)

0

L 25
= ---- = 0,757
W 33

Afflux Corresponding to this, C 0 = 0.867, e = 0.85, g = 9.8 m/sec 2

70= 0.867 x4.43 x25 xl

:. h + 0.0944u2 = 0.53
J 1.85u
h+ _ __
2

2g

Also, just upstream of the bridge

Q =w (Dd + h) u
70 = 33 (1 + h) u

58
 IRC:SP:13-2004

... (16.2)

70
b:::: - - -1
33U
Substituting for h from (I 6.2) in (I 6.1) and rearranging
u:::: \ .68 ro/ sec
• 3
u::::0.0617 u + 1JS6

Substituting foru in (16.1)

b::::0.263 ro
,>..\ternative\y, assume that h is more than 'I• D d

and apply the Weir Forrou\a 312

\ Q :::: 1.706 cwLH.
'JO ~
1.706 x 0.94 x 25 xil
311

\
H :::: 1.45 ro
\ u2 (approx..)
:::: Du + ------ :::: Du
\ H 2g

\ Or ; Du== 1.45 ro (approx.)

tI
Now,

' Q == WDu u
:. 70::::33Xl.45U
J-
:. u :::: l .46; ----- ::::O.\OS6tn
2g

J-
2g

i..e.
\.45::::Du+0.\086

~
Du:::: l.3414tn
b::::Du-Dd::::\.34\4-l.0::::0.34\4tn
Adopt h 0 .34 I 4 m- Since h is actually more than '/, D d' therefore, the value of affl ux
2

arrived by
\ 6.the
7 . Weir
Ex•m Fpie
ormu: \a
Theis to be adopted. cross-sectional are• of flow of a stream of 90 m and
unobstructed
the width of flow is 30 m. A.bridge of 4 - spans of 6 m clear is proposed across it. Calculate the
3
aff\ux when the discharge is iSO m /s. 90
w:::: 30 ro· L:::: 24 ro D == ----- == 3.00tn
' ' d 30
59
IRC: SP: 13-2004

The depth before the construction of the bridge is the depth downstream of the bridge after
its construction. Hence, Dd = 3.00 m
L 24
-= - = 0.8 ·
W 30

*·
By the Orifice Formula the discharge through the bridge

280 ~ 0.877 x4.43 x 24 x 3.00 x J h+ 1.72

280 = 279.7
I
J h + 1.72 --~=-
2g
1.72 u2
h+---=l ... (16.3)
2g
Now, the discharge just upstream of the bridge
280 = (3 + h) 30 u ... (16.4)
Putting forh from (16.4) in (16.3) and rearranging
u = 2.33 + .02195 u 3
u = 2.81 m/sec
Putting for u in (16.4)
h=0.32 m

16.8. Example : A bridge of 3 spans of 8 m each is proposed across a stream, whose

unobstructed width is 36 m, slope 1/2000 and discharge 400 m3/sec. Calculate the afflux (n=0.03)
(Fig. 16.2).

I I
I I I I
.J L I I
.J L

i----------W=36.001m--------_;_-i
Q=400cum/sec; s= 1/2000; n=0.03

Fig. 16.2

60
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

We have first to find D d

Q =AV= (RP) V = RWV

Q 400
:. RV = ---- = ----- = I 1.11
W 36

Knowing n = 0.03; S = 1/2000, read velocity for various values ofR from Plate 3 and select
that pair whose product is 11.11. Thus, we get.

R=5.l
V=2.18
TakeDd=R =5.1 m

Now, W=36m,L=24M,Dd=5.l m
L 24
---- = ---- = 0.67 Therefore, Co = 0.865; e = 0.95
W 36
By the Orifice Formula,'the discharge through the bridge
11
2 2
Q = Co fig L Dd h + (I +e) -~--
2g
11
2 2
400 = 0.865 xJ2 x 9.8 x 24 x 5.1 [ h + 1.95-~-l

--g-- l
I/
0.975u2 2
0.8528 - [ h +

or h + 0.009 u 2 = 0.7272 ... (16.5)

The discharge just upstream of the bridge
400 = 36(5.1 + h)u
11.1 I
i.e., h = ·__ -5.1
u ... (16.6)

Put value for h from ( 16.6) in ( 16.5) and rearrange

u-0.017u 3 =1.90

:. u = 2.05 m/sec
Put this value of u in (16.6), we get,
11.1 I
h = - - - -5.1 =0.31 m
2.05

61
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 17

WORKED OUT EXAMPLES ON DISCHARGE PASSED BY

EXISTING BRIDGES FROM FLOOD MARKS

17.1. Calculating Discharge by the Weir Formulae

Example: The unobstructed width ofa stream is 40 m. The linear waterway of a bridge
across is 27 m. In a flood, the average depth of flow downstream of the bridge was 3.0 m and the
afflux was 0.9 m. Calculate the discharge (Fig. 17.1).

h 0.90
----- = ---- = 0.30
Dd 3

u h=0.90

Du=3.90ni
Dd=3.00m

Fig. 17.1

Since his more than 0.25 Dd, therefore, the Weir Formula will apply

w = 40 m; L = 27 m, h = 0.9 m

Let the velocity of approach be um/sec. The discharge at a section just upstream of the
bridge.

Q=u.x3.9x40= 156u ... (17.la)

The discharge through the bridge(bythe w:;fo)½ula

Q = 1.706 X 0.98 X 27 X 3.9 + ___ _
·( u 2)3;2 19.6
=45.14 3.9+---- ... (17.lb)
19.6

Equating values of Q from (17. la) and (17.1 b).

156 u = 45.14 (3.9 + --~~--f

19.6)
2

63
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Rearranging
21
u 3 -0.0222 u 2 = 1.70
or u = 2.45 m/sec
Putting the value ofu in (17.la) or (17.lb) we get Q
Q = 156 X 2.45
= 382 m 3/sec

Try the Orifice Formula

L 27
----- = ---- = 0.675
W 40
:. C 0 = 0.865 ; e = 0.95

Discharge through the bridge by the Orifice Formula

u2
Q = 0.85 X 4.43 X 27 X 3 0.90 + 1.95 - - -
19.6
= 305 ✓0.090 + 0.lu2 ... (17.lc)

Discharge just upstream of the bridge

Q =40x 3.9x u

= 156 u ... (17.ld)

Equating values of Q in ( 17. le) and (17 .1 d)

305j(0.90+0.lu2)= 156u

Simplifying

u=2.36
Substituting for u in ( 17. le) and (17.1 d) we get Q

Q = 156 x 2.36 = 368.16 m 3/sec

This result is about the same as given by the first method. In fact, the Orifice Formula, with
the recommended value of C 0 and e gives nearly correct results even where the conditions are
appropriate for the Weir Formula. But the converse is not true.

17.2. Calculating Discharge by the Orifice Formula

Example: The unobstructed width of a stream is 30 m and the linear waterway of the bridge

64

J
 IRC:SP:13-2004

across is 22 m. During a flood the average depth of flow down stream of the bridge was 1.6 m and
the afflux 0.10 m. Calculate the discharge (Fig. 17.2).

........__ -- -- -- - - - - L -- -
u
-
~
--- - ,,,.,,,,,...
h=0.10m

Du=1.70m
Dd=1.60m

Fig. 17.2

Given : W = 30 m, L = 22 m, h 0.1 m, Depth of flow= 1.6 m. Let velocity ofapproach be u

mis. The discharge at a section just upstream of the bridge will be.
Q=ux 1.7x30 . .. (17.2a)

a L 22
Contraction = ------ = 0.73
A w 30
Corresponding to this C0 = 0.87 and e = 0.90

The discharge under the bridge, by the Orifice Formula

= 0.87 x 4.43 x 22 x 1.6 I

0.1 + 1.9

I/
2
= 135.66 [0.l+0.097u2] ... (17.2b)

Equating values ofQ in (17.2a) and (17.2b)

I/
51 u = 135.66 [0.1 + 0.097u2] 2

u= 1.51 mis

65
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Substituting for u in (17.2a) and (17.2b) to get Q

Q = 1.51 X 1. 7 X 30

= 77.01 cu. m/sei::

17.3. The Border Line Cases: An example will now follow to illustrate what results
are obtained by applying the Weir Formula and Orifice Formulae to cases which are on the border
line, i.e., where the afflux is just¼ Dd.
17.4. Example: A stream whose unobstructed width is 35 mis spanned by a bridge
whose linear waterway is 30 m. During a flood the average downstream depth was 2.6 m and the
afflux was 0.65 m. Calculate the discharge (Fig.17.3).

--t- -
h=0.65m
u

Du=3.25m
Dd=2.60m

Fig. 17.3

h 0.65
= - - = 0.25
Dd 2.6
Since his¼ Dd' therefore, both the weir formula and Orifice formula should apply.

By the Weir Formula

If the velocity of approach is u, the discharge just upstream of the bridge.

Q = 35 x 3.25 x u= 113.75u ... (17.3a)

The discharge through the bridge
3
,l ) 12
Q =1.706 X 0.98 X 30 X 3.25 + - - ... (17.3b)
( 19.6

Equating values ofQ from (17.3a) and (17.3b)

113.75 u = 50.16(3.25 + 0.051 u2)3/2

66
,.
j
'
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

u = 3.27 mis

Put for u in (17.3a) or (17.3b)

Q = 113.75 x 3.2 = 371.96 m 3ls

By the Orifice Formula

a L 30
= = =0.85
A W 35

C e =0.90 e = 0.44

If u is the velocity of approach, the discharge just upstream of the bridge.

Q = 35 x 3.25u = l 13.75u ... (17.3c)
The discharge under the bridge by the Orifice Formula
: I/
Q = 0.906 X 4.43 X 30 X 2.6 (0.65 + 0.0735 u2 ) 2
11
= 310.98 (0.65 + 0.0735 u2) 2 ... (17.3d)
Equating values of Q from (17.3c) and (17.3d) and Squaring and rearranging
11
113.75 U = 310.98 X (0.65 + 0.0735 u2) 2
:. u = 3.27 mis
Substituting for u in ((l 7.3c) and (17.3d), we get Q
Q = 113.75 x 3.27 = 371.96 m3ls

67
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 18

OVERTOPPING OF THE BANKS

18.1. In plains where the ground slopes are gentle and the natural velocities of flow in
streams are low, the flood water may spill over one or both the banks of the stream at places.

18.2. Height of Approach Roads : Consider the case where main channel carries the
bu Ik of the discharge and a small fraction of it flows over the banks somewhere upstream of the
bridge. If the overflow strikes high ground at a short distance from the banks, it can be forced back
into the stream and made to pass through the bridge. This can be done by building the approach
roads of the bridge solid and high so that they intercept the overflow. In this arrangement, the linear
waterway of the bridge must be ample to handle the whole discharge without detrimentalafflux.
Also, the top levei"ofthe approach road must be high enough to prevent overtopping. If the velocity
of the stream is V(m/s), the water surface level, where it strikes the road embankment, will be
V2 (m) higher than HFL in the stream at the point, where the overflow starts. This arrangement is,
19.6
therefore, normally feasible ·where the stream velocity is not immoderately high.

18.3. Subsidiary or Relief Culverts : Sometimes, however, the overflow spreads far
and away from the banks. This is often the case in alluvial plains, where the ground level falls
continuously away from the banks of the stream. In such cases, it is impossible to force the overflow
back into the main stream. The correct thing to do is to pass the overflow through relief culverts at
suitable points in the road embankment. These culverts have to be carefully designed. They should
not be too small to cause detrimental ponding up of the overflow, resulting in damage to the road or
some property, nor, should they be se> big as to attract the main current.

18.4. Dips and Breaching Sections in Approach Roads : It is sometimes feasible as

well as economical to provide permanent dips (or alternatively breaching sections) in the bridge
approaches to take excessive overflows in emergencies. The dips or breaching sections have to be
sited and designed so that the velocity of flow through them does not become erosive, cutting deep
channels_and ultimately leading to the shifting of the main current. ·

18.5. Retrogression of Levels : Suppose water overflows a low bank somewhere

upstream of the bridge and after passing through a relief culvert, rejoins the main stream somewhere
lower down. When the flood in the main channel subsides, the ponded up water at the inlet of the
subsidiary culvert gets a free fall. Under such conditions deep erosion can take place. A deep
channel is formed, beginning at the outfall in the mains stream and retrogressing towards the culvert.
This endangers the culvert. To provide against.this, protection has to be designed downstream of the
culvert so as to dissipate the energy of the falling water on the same lines as is done on irrigation
falls. That is a suitable cistern and baffle wall should be added for dissipating the energy and the
issuing current should be stilled through a properly designed expanding flume.

69
r
I:,
IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 19

PIPES AND BOX CULVERTS

19.1. Feasibility of Pipe and Box Culverts Flowing Full

19. I . I. Some regions along plain consist of vast flat without any deep and defined drainage
channels in it. When the rain falls, the surface water moves in some direction in a wide sheet of
nominal depth. So long as this movement of water is unobstructed, no damage may occur to property
or crops. But when a road embankment is thrown across the country int~rcepting the natural flow,
water ponds up on one side of it. Relief has then to be afforded from possible damage from this
ponding up by taking the water across the road through causeways or culverts.

19 .1.2. I~ such flat regions the road runs across wide but shallow dips and, therefore, the
most straightforward way of handling the surface flow is to provide suitable dips (i.e., causeways) in
the longitudinal profile of the road and let water pass over them.

19. I .3. There may, however, be cases where the above solution is not the best. Some of its
limitations may be cited. Too many causeways or dips detract from the usefulness of the road. Also,
the flow of water over numerous sections of the road, makes its proper maintenance problematic and
expensive. Again, consider the ca_se of a wet cultivated or waterlogged country (and flat plains are
quite often swampy and waterlogged) where the embankment has necessarily got to be taken high
~oove the ground. Frequent dipping down from high road levels to the ground produces a very
undesirable road profile. And, even cement concrete slabs, in dips across a waterlogged country, do
not rest evenly on the mud underneath them. Thus, it will appear that constructing culverts in such
circumstances should be a better arrangement than providing dips or small causeways.

19.1.4. After we have decided that a culvert has to be constructed on a road lying across
some such country, we proceed to calculate the discharge by using one of the run off formulae,
having due regard to the nature of terrain and the intensity ofrainfall as already explained in Article-
4. But the natural velocity of flow cannot be estimated because (i) there is no defined cross-section
of the channel from which we may take the area of cross-section and wetted perimeter and (ii) there
is no r.1\!asurable slope in the drainage line. Even where we would calculate or directly observe the
velocity, it may be so small that we could not aim at passing water through the culvert at that velocity,
because the area of waterway required for the culvert ( A = -~-) is prohibitively large. In such
cases the design has to be based on an increased velocity of flow through the culvert and to create
the velocity the design must provide for heading up at the inlet end of the culvert. Economy, in design
being the primary consideration, the correct practice, indeed is to design a pipe or a box culvert on
the assumption that water at the inlet end may head upto a predetermined safe level above the top of
the inlet opening. This surface level of the headed up water at the upstream end has to be so fixed
that the road bank should not be overtopped, nor any property in the flood plain damaged.

71
 -r
IRC:SP: 13-2004
I
I
Next, the level of the downstream water surface should be noted down. This will depend on I
the size of the slope of the leading out channel and is normally, the surface level of the natural
unobstructed flow at the site, that prevails before the road embankment is constructed.
I
After this we can calculate the required area of cross-section gfthe barrel of the culvert by I
applying the principles ofhydraulics discussed in this Article. I
19.1.5. The procedure set out above is rational and considerable research has been carried
out on the flow of water through pipe and box culverts, flowing full.
I
19 .1.6. In the past, use was extensively made of empirical formulae which gave the ventway
I
area required for a culvert to drain a given catchment area. Dun's Drainage Table is one of the class I
and is purely empirical. This table is still widely used, as it saves the trouble of hydraulic calculations.
But it is unfortunate that recourse is often taken rather indiscriminately to such short cuts, even
I
where other more accurate and rational procedure is possible and warranted by the expense involved. I
Dun's Table or other in that class, should NOT be used until suitable correction factors have been
carefully evolved from extensive observations (in each particular region with its own singularities of
I
terrain and climate) of the adequacy or otherwise of the existing culverts vis-a-vis their catchment I
area.
I
19 .1 .7. Considerations of economy require that small culverts, in contrast with relatively
larger structures across defined channels, need not be designed normally to function with adequate l
clearance for passing floating matter. The depth of a culvert should be small and it does not matter I
if the opening stops appreciably below the formation level of the road. Indeed, it is correct to leave
it in that position and let it function even with its inlet submerged. This makes it possible to design I
low abutments supporting an arch or a slab, or alternatively, to use round pipes or square box barrels. I
19.1.8. High headwall should not be provided for retaining deep over-fills. Instead of this the I
length of the culverts should be increased suitably so that the road embankment, with its natural
slopes, is accommodated without high retaining headwalls. I
19.1.9. Where masonry abutments supporting arches or slabs are designed for culverts
functioning under "head", bed pavements must be provided. And, in all cases, including pipe and box
culverts, adequate provision must be made at the exit against erosion by designing curtain walls.
Where the exit is a free fall, a suitable cistern and baffle wall must be added for the dissipation of
a
ll
energy and stilling of the ensuring current.
fl
I 9.2. Hydraulics of the Pipe and Box Culverts Flowing Full

19.2. 1. The permissible heading up at the inlet : It has been explained already that
where a defined channel does not exist and the natural velocity of flow is very low, it is economical
to design a culvert as consisting of a pipe or a number of pipes of circular or rectangular ~ection
functioning with the inlet submerged. As the flood water starts heading up at the inlet, the velocity
through the barrel goes on increasing. This continues till the discharge passing through the culvert
equals the discharge coming towards the culvert. When this state of equilibrium is reached the
upstream water level does not rise any higher.

72
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

For a given design discharge the extent of upstream heading up depends on the ventway of
the culvert. The latter has to be so chosen that the heading up should not go higher than a predetermined
safe level. The criterion for safety being that the road embankment should not be overtopped, nor
any property damaged by submergence. The fixing of this level is the first step in the design.

19.2.2. Surface level of the tail race: It is essential that the HFL in the outfall channel
near the exit of the culvert should be known. This may be taken as the HFL prevailing at the
proposed site of the culvert before the construction of the road embankment with some allowance
for the concentration of flow caused by the construction of the culvert.

19.2.3. The operating head when the culverts flow full: In this connection the cases
that have to be considered are illustrated in Fig. 19.1. In each case the inlet is submerged and the
culvert flows full. In case (a) the tail race water surface is below the crown of the exit and in case
(b) it is above that. The operating head in each case is marked "H''. Thus, we see that : "When the
culvert flows full, the operating head, H, is the height of the upstream water level measured from the
surface level in the tail race or from the crown of the exit of the culvert whichever level is higher".

19.2.4. The velocity generated by "H": The operating head "H" is utilized in (i) supplying
the energy required to generate the velocity of flow through the culvert (ii) Forcing water through
the inlet of the culvert, and (iii) overcoming the frictional resistance offered by the inside wetted
surface of the culvert.

l (a)
l
-=======-t - - - - -·.-!-
---------11 t-

(b)
7
Fig. 19.1

73
IRC:SP: 13-2004

v2
If the velocity through the pipe is v, the head expended in generating is - I
2g
I
As regards the head expended at the entry it is customary to express it as a fraction
v2 I
Ke of the velocity head----- . Similarly, the head required for overcoming the friction of the
pipe is expressed as a fn~ltion ~of the _"'!.__ . From this it follows that: I
2g
v2
I
H = [ l + K + K1 ] ---- ... (19.l) I
e 2g

From this equation we can calculate the velocity v, which a given head H will generate in a
I
pipe flowing full, if we know Ke and Kr· I
19.2.5. Values of Ke and Kr: Ke principally depends on the shape of the inlet. The I
following values are commonly used:
I
Ke = 0.08 for bevelled or
Bell - mouthed entry I
= 0.505 for sharp edged I
entry ... (19.2) I
As regards Kr it is a function of the Length L of the culvert, its hydraulic mean radius R, and I
the co-efficient ofrugosity n of its surface.
I
The following relationship exists between Kr and n:
I
14.85n2 L
Kf =-~-
11
X - ... (19.3) I
R 3 R
I
For cement concrete circular pipes or cement plastered masonry culverts of rectangular
section, with the co-efficient of rugosity n = 0.015, the above equation reduces to: I
0.0334L I
K"j =
Rl.33 ... (19.4)
I
The graphs in Fig. 19.2 are based on Equation 19.4. For a culvert of known sectional area
and length, K_r can be directly read from these graphs. •I
19.2.6. Values of Ke and Kr modified through researcll: Considerable research has
recently been carried out on the head lost in flow through pipes. The results have unmistakably
11r-
demonstrated the following:- lr
The entry loss co-efficient Ke depends not only on the shape of'the entry but also on the size f
of entry and the roughness of its wetted surface. In general, Ke, increases with an increase in the
size of the inlet.
I
1.2
74

__A
,:'
,-, Also Kr the friction loss co-efficient, is not independent of Ke. Attempts to make the entry
IRC:SP: 13-2004

J efficient re percuss adversely on the frictional resistance to flow offered by the wetted surface of the
barrel. ,In other words, if the entry conditions improve (i.e. if Ke decreases), the friction of the barrel
J increases (i.e. Kr increases). This phenomenon can be explained by thinking of the velocity distribution
I inside the pipe. When the entry,is square and sharp edged, high velocity lines are concentrated
nearer the axis of the barrel, while the bell-mouthed entry' gives uniform distribution of velocity over

'
I
the whole section of the barrel. From this it follows that the average velocity being the same in both
cases, the velocity near the wetted surface of the pipe will be lower for square entry than for bell-
mouthed entry. Hence, the frictional resistance inside the culvert is smaller when the entry is square
I than when it is bell-mouthed. Stream lining the entry is, therefore, not an unmixed advantage.

I 'Kt'
FOR C.C. PIPES
I K _ 0.00334L
,- R1.33
f [Kf is required to
find the head lost
against friction in
a conduit flowing
full :-
h = lei V2/2g

0.490 1--+--+-~~~*~'k-~--¥----t-tT~
0 .400 1-----~~.+V~~~~~~tPt-t-"t-1--~1

I
--
0.200 1------~..+----3!Hr---1r---"t.-t---'lc--t"'-:t-t-r~.

0.100

SIZE OF CONDUIT 0 ..... .....

DIA OF ROUND PIPES(m)-- :.-i !" !" u)
~ 0,
0 0, 0 0, 0 0 0
0,

SIDES OF SQUARE SECTION o ..... ..... !" I\) p ~ 0,

(mXm) :.-i
0,
0 01 0 0, 0 0 0
X X
~
..... X X
X ..... I\) u)
X
+>-
X
0,
0
:.-i 0 0, 0 0, 0 0 0
0,

Fig. 19.2

75
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Consequently, it has been suggested that the values ofK. and Kr should be as given in Table
19.1.
Table 19.1 Values of Ke and Krl 9 I

Circular pipes Rectaneular culverts

Entry and Square entry Bevelled entry Square entry Bevelled entry
friction co-efficient
Ke= 1.107 R 0-5 0.1 0.572 R0 ·3 0.05
Kf= 0.00394L/R 1. 2 0.00394L/R1·2 0.0035 L/R1.2s 0.0035L/R1.2s

19.2.7. Design calculations: We have said that

v2
H = (I + K
e
+ Kr) ----
2g

i.e. v=4.43 ( 1 +K:+K, f' ... (19.5)

112
Q =Ax 4.43 ( H )
1 +Ke+ Kr

Suppose we know the operating head Hand the length of the barrel L, and assume that the
diameter of a round pipe or the side of a square box culvert is D.

From D calculate the cross-sectional area A and the hydraulic mean radius R of the culvert.

Now from Rand L compute K. and Kr using appropriate functions from Table 19.1. Then,
calculate Q from Equation (19.5). lfthis equals the design discharge, the assumed size of the culvert
is correct. If not, assume a fresh value ofD and repeat.

19.2.8. Design chart (Plate 27): Equation (19.5) may be written as

Q = 1..j2g H ... (19.6)

A
1.. =------.- ... (19.7)
1
(1 +Ke+ Kr) 2

It is obvious that all components of 1.. in Equation (19.7) are functions of the cross-section,
length, roughness, and the shape of the inlet of the pipe. Therefore, 1.. represents the conveying
capacity of the pipe and may be called the 'Conveyance Factor'. The discharge, then depends on the
conveyance factor of the pipe and the operating bead. In Plate 26, curves have been constructed
from equation ( 19. 7) from which Q can be directly read for any known values of Aand H. '

Also, in the same Plate, Tables are included from which 1.. can be taken for any known values
of (i) length, (ii) diameter in case of circular pipes or sides in case of rectangular pipes, and

76
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

(iii) conditions of entry, viz., sharp-edged or round. The material assumed is cement, concrete and
values of Ke and Kr used in the computation are based on functions in Table 19.1.

The use of Plate 27 renders the design procedure very simple and quick. Examples will now
follow to illustrate.

19.2.9. Example data:

(I) Circular cement concrete pipe
flowing full with bevelled entry
(2) Operating head= I m
(3) Length of the pipe= 25 m
(4) Diameter= Im

Find the discharge.

See, in Plate 27, the Table for circular pipes with rounded entry.

For L=25 m and D=I m, the conveyance factor

A.=0.618

Now refer to the curves in the same Plate. For A= 0.618 and H=I m

Q=2.72 m 3/sec

19.2.10. Example: Design a culvert consisting of cement concrete circular pipes with
bevelled entry and flowing full, given: (Fig. 19.3).
Discharge = 10 m 3/sec
R.L. of ground in metres = 100.00
H.F.L of tail race in metres = 100.80
Permissible heading up at inlet R.L. = 101.80
Length of culvert = 20m

R.L.101.80
------- 74- H
R.L.100.80
1.8m

i
D
O.Bm
i i R.L.100.00 t
20m
Fig. 19.3

77
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Since we shall try pipes of diameters exceeding 0.8 m, the culvert will function as sketched:
Assumed value ofD = (1) 1 m; (2) 1.5 m;
Corresponding
H = 1.8-D = (1) 0.8 m; (2) 0.3 m;
Discharge per pipe
From Plate 27, Q = (1) 2.54 m 3/s; (2) 3.5 m 3/s
Number of pipes
Require 10/Q = (I) 3.93; (2) 2.85
Say 4 Say 3

Hence, 4 pipes of 1 metre diameter will suit.

78
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 20

PROTECTION WORK AND MAINTENANCE

20.1. Floor Protection Works:

In case structures founded on erodible soil are protected against scour by floor
protection works, the following is considered as sound practice.

20.1.1. For structures where adoption of shallow foundations becomes economical by

restricting the scour, floor protection may be provided. The floor protection will comprise ofrigid
flooring with curtain walls and flexible apron so as to check scour, washing away or disturbance by
piping action, etc. Usually performance of similar existing works is the best guide for finalizing the
design of new works. However, the following minimum specification for floor protection shall be
followed while designing new structures subject to the general stipulation that post protection works
velocity under the structures does not exceed 2 mis and the intensity of discharge is limited to
2m 3/m.

20.1.2. Suggested Specifications:

20.1.2.1. Excavation for laying foundation and protection works shall be carried out as per
specifications under proper supervision. Before laying the foundation and protection works the
excavated trench shall be thoroughly inspected by the Engineer-in-Charge to ensure that:

(a) There are no loose pockets, unfilled depressions left in the trench.
(b) The soil at the founding level is properly compacted to true lines and level.
( c) All concrete and other elements are laid in dry bed.

20. l .2.2. Rigid flooring: The rigid flooring shall be provided under the bridge and it shall
extend for a distance of at least 3 m on upstream side and 5 m on down stream side of the bridge.
However, in case the splayed wing walls of the structure are likely to be longer, the flooring shall
.extend upto the line connecting the end of wing walls on either side of the bridge.

The top of flooring shall be kept 300 mm below the lowest bed level.

Flooring shall consist of 150 mm thick flat stone/bricks on edge in cement mortar 1:3 laid over
300 mm thick cement concrete M15 grade laid over a layer of 150 mm thick cement concrete Ml 0
grade. Joints at suitable spacings (say 20 m) may be provided.

20. l .2.3. Curtain walls: The rigid flooring shall be enclosed by curtain walls (tied to the
wing walls) with a minimum depth below floor level of2 m on upstream side and 2.5 m on downstream
side. The curtain wall shall be in cement concrete Ml 5 grade or brick/stone masonry in cement
mortar I :3. The rigid flooring shall be continued over the top width of curtain walls. In this context,

79
IRC: SP: 13-2004

relevant provision in' 'Guidelines for design and construction ofriver training and control works for
road bridges'', IRC: 89-1997 is also referred.

20.1.2.4. Flexible apron : Flexible apron 1 m thick comprising of loose stone boulders
(weighing not less than 40 kg) shall be provided beyond the curtain walls for a minimum distance of
3 m on upstream side and 6 m on downstream side. Where required size stones are not economically
available, cement concrete blocks or stones in wire crates may be used in place of isolated stones. In
this context, relevant provision in IRC:89-1997 is also referred.

20.1.2.5. Wherever scour is restricted by provision of flooring/flexible apron, the work of

flooring/apron etc., should be simultaneously completed alongwith the work on foundations so that
the foundation work completed is not endangered.

20.2. Maintenance :

20.2.1. The bridge structures are more susceptible to damages during monsoon. It is generally
observed that following factors contribute mainly to damage.

(a) Choking of vents

(b) Wash outs of approaches
( c) Dislodgement of wearing course and cushion
(d) Scour on D/S (downstream)
(e) Silting on U/S (upstream)
(f) Collection of debris on approaches in cutting

20.2.2. To minimize the occurrence of above phenomena, it is necessary to take adequate

steps as below:

(I) The vents should be thoroughly cleaned before every monsoon.

(2) The bridge vents should be cleared after the first monsoon flood as the flood carries
maximum debris with it.
(3)" Keep approaches almost matching with existing bank, i.e., cutting or embankment
should be minimum to avoid wash outs of approaches.
(4) Disposal of water through side gutters shall be properly planned so that it does not
damage the cross-drainage work proper.
(5) The wearing coat with cushion should be sufficiently stable and it should not get
dislodged during floods.
(6) In the event of approaches being in cutting there is a tendency of whirling of water at
the approaches. This leads to collection of debris in the approaches. After the floods
recede, huge heap of debris is found on the approaches. This should be quickly' cleared.

80
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 21

RAFT FOUNDATIONS

21.1. Raft foundation is preferred when the good foundable strata is not available within a
reasonable depth. Thus, the sandy layer or sand and silty foundations warrant provision of raft
foundation. While providing raft foundation, some important points should be kept in view.

21.1.1. Raft top should be kept 300 mm below the lowest bed level. This will ensure protection
to raft and also would avoid silting tendency on U/S and scouring tendency on D/S. The raft will also
not be subjected to stresses due to temperature variations.

21.1.2. U/S and D/S aprons should be provided to protect the bridge from scouring
or undermining. The width of U/S and D/S aprons should be 1.5 dsm and 2.0 d 8m respectively
(Fig. 21.1).
21.1.3. The depth of cut-off wall should be 30 cm below the scour level. The normal scour
. 2 1/
3
depth is worked out by the formula dsm = 1.34 x ( - Db-) (Refer Equation 9 .1 ).
Ks/
(Scour Depth need not be increased by any factor as in case of open foundations as stipulated
in IRC:78-200).

HFL

D/S UIS
\
\
\

'
---
PIER

'' '· t ,-,

Fig. 21.1 Scour Depth and Apron Width for Raft

21.1.4. Longitudinal cut-off walls should be provided on U/S and D/S side and they should be
connected by cross cut off walls. Longitudinal cut-off walls safeguard the bridge from scour where
as the cross-cut-off walls keep the longitudinal cut-off walls in position and also protect the bridge
from scouring particularly due to out flanking.

21.1.5. The raft is generally as wide as the deck but in certain cases may be narrower than
the deck (Fig. 21.2). ,, ..

21.1.6. Pressure relief holes may be provided in the raft to relieve the raft from possible
uplift pressure from below. The holes need to be carefully packed with graded filter material to
prevent outflow of soil particles of the foundation strata alongwith the flow of water (Fig. 21.3).

81
 --,

IRC:SP: 13-2004

1 - - - - - - - - - - 7.95m - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - 7.50m · - - - - - - -

DECK SLAB

t--t----- 5.0m -----,...-

RAFT SLAB

r- .- . -_ -
4

Fig. 21.2 Raft Slab Narrower than Deck Width

PIER

0 0
0

---PRESSURE
RELIEF HOLES
PLAN SECTION

Fig. 21.3 Pressure Relief Holes in Raft Slab

82

__,,,.
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

ARTICLE 22

C.D. WORKS IN BLACK COTTON SOILS

22.1. , Generally, the black cotton (B.C.) soil is of expansive nature. As it comes in contact
with water, the montmorillonite group cells expand. This phenomenon leads to heavy pressure on
structure and the structure may develop cracks and fail. It is, therefore, necessary to safeguard the
structure from the ill-effects of the damaging nature of the soil. It is desirable to cut the contact of
expansive soil and the foundation structure. This can be achieved by providing a sandy media all
around the foundation. Such non-expansive layer not only cuts the all around contact between soi 1
and foundation but also absorbs energy of swelling and shrinking of foundation soil below the layer of
sand and keeps the foundation safe.

22.2. The expansive soils have very poor bearing capacity. The same needs improvement,
which can be done by providing layer of metal/boulder with sand having thickness ofabout 450 to 600
mm. Such layer, improves Safe Bearing Capacity (SBC) of the strata to a considerable extent and
safeguards the foundation from the adverse effects of the expansive soil also (Fig. 22.1).

~FLOW
I PITCHING
j 300mm

7
600mm
SAND
_J
r
450TO600mm

L
Fig. 22.1 Hume Pipe Culvert in BC Soil

83
 IRC:SP:13-2004

ARTICLE 23

B()X CELL STRUCTURES

23.l. Where to Provide Box Structures : Box structures are hydraulically efficient
structures where thickness of walls and slab are small and there is least obstruction to flow.

When the river or Nalla has sandy bed and/or purely clayey strata, the independent foundations
are likely to be deeper and this may enhance the cost of culverts a~d small bridges. Under these
circumstances box culverts are found to be a better solution. Several such box cell structures have
shown a good in service performance. Purely sandy soil or clayey strata may be at few places but
mixed soils are available in several cases. Where ~ value of mixed soil is less than 15°, it may be
treated as a clayey soil. Similarly, where safe bearing capacity of soil is found to be less than 10 t/m 2,
box culverts are most suitable for such type of soils.

23.2. Type of Boxes : Box cell structures with and without earth cushion based on
MORT&H Standard Drawings are given in 10 plates as brought out in para 14.5.

23.3. Foundation : Where there is purely clayey strata top 900 mm below box should
have granular material, like, sandy murum or stone dust.

Where there is murum and mixed soil having ~ more than 15°, there is no need of providing
sandy layer.

The box cell structures are of concrete of M 20 grade for moderate and M 25 grade for
severe conditions of exposure with HYSD steel bars.

Box cell structures are to be provided with curtain walls and apron and these must be completed
before floods. The best practice is to lay foundations of curtain wall and apron first and then lay box.

85
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

BIBLIOGRAPHY

(1) "Highway Practice in the United States of America", Public Roads Administration, Federal
Works Agency, Washington 25, D.C. ,1949.

(2) "Engineering Hydraulics, Proceedings ofthe Fourth Hydraulic Conference", Iowa Institute
of Hydraulics Research, June 12-15, 1949, Edited by Hunter Rouse, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., New York, 1950.

(3) "Elements of Applied Hydrology", Don Johnstone and William P. Cross, The Ronald Press
Company, New York, 1949.

(4) "Rainfall and Run-off', Edgar E. Foster, The Macmillian Company, New York, 1949.

(5) "The Flood Estimation and Control", B.D. Richards, Chapman and Hall Ltd., London, 1944.

(6) "A Treatise on Applied Hydraulics", Herbert Addison, 3 rd Edition, Chapman and Hall Ltd.,
London, 1944.

(7) "Irrigation Pocket Book",· Compiled by Robert Burton, Bockley, E & F N Spoon Ltd., London,
1913.

(8) "Canals and Related Structures, Design", Supplement No. 3, Part 2, Engineering Design of
Volume X, Design and Construction Reclamation Manual", United States Department of
Interior, Bureau of Reclamation, 1952.

(9) University oflowa Studies, Bulletin No. 1, "Flow of Water Trough Culvert", David L. Yarid,
Floyd A. Nagler and Sherman M. Woodward, The University of Iowa, Iowa, June 1926.

( 10) United States Department of Agriculture, Technical Bulletin No. 442, "Bridge Piers as Channel
Obstructions", David L. Yarnell, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington D.C.,
1934.

( 11) "California Culvert Practice", State of California, Department of Public Works, Division of
Highways, Sacramento, 1944.

(12) "Highway Design and Construction", Arthur G. Bruce, and John Clarkeson, 3 rd Edition,
International Text-book Company, Scranton, Pennsylvania, 1951.

( 13) "Hydrnulics for Engineers and Engineering Students", F .C. Lea, 4th Edition, Edward Arnold
& Co., 1926.

(14) "Military Engineer Services Handbook, Roads, Volume III", Sixth Edition, Government of
India, Central Publication Branch, Calcutta, 1930.

(15) "Standard Specification and Code of Practice for Roads Bridges - Section I - General
Features of Design (in Metric Units) (Seventh Revision)", IRC:5 - 1998.

87

l
 -----
IRC:SP: 13-2004

( 16) "Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges - Section II - Loads and
Stresses (Fourth Revision)", IRC:6-2000.

( 17) "Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Roads Bridges", Section III - Cement
Concrete (Plain and Reinforced) (Third Revision), IRC:21-2000.

(18) "Regime Flow in Jncoherent Alluvium", G. Lacey, Central Board oflrrigation and Power,
Paper No. 20.

(19) "The Hydraulic of Culverts", by F.T. Mavis, The Pennsylvania State College Engineering
Experimental Research Station Series Bulletin No. 56.

(20) "Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section VII (Second Revision)
Foundation & Substructure", IRC:78-2000.

(21) "Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section IV (Brick, Stone
and Cement Concrete Block Masonry)", IRC:40-2002.

88
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

Appendix-A

HEAVIEST RAINFALL IN ONE HOUR (mm)

(Time in Indian Standard Time)

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

I. Agartala (1953-1966)
nm 14.0 32.0 32.6 39.6 65.5 60.0 66.0 61.3 54.9 51.3 33.0 7.9
Date IO 21 30 29 19 15 29 27 27 2 23 30
Time 14-15 12-13 23-24 7-8 17-18 13-14 · 12-13 13-14 23-24 16-17 11-12 3-4
Year 1957 1958 1959 1962 1960 1961 1964 1965 1964 1956 1966 1956

2. Ahmedabad (195 H 966)

nm 3.6 2.5 2.0 17.5 11.8 42.5 59.7 61.0 80.0 25.9 20.0 1.3
Date 6 27 :x) 5 13 17 3 9 2 l 25 29
Time 12-13 8-9 19-20 17-18 17-18 19-20 19-20 22-23 0-1 15-16 8-9 20-21
Year 1953 1956 1954 1963 1963 1960 1956 1954 1958 1955 1963 1960

3. Aligarh (1950)
nm 8.1 0 5.1 2.8 5.6 24.4 50.8 27.4 2.3 0 0.5
Date 24 14 1 30 23 5 ll 24
Time 16-17 - 20-21 23-24 17-18 0-1 12-13 14-15 22-23 - 22-23

4. Allahabad ( 1948-1966)
mn 16.5 13.2 29.5 19.0 16.0 60.0 54.5 74.8 64.5 25.5 9.7 6.3
Date 28 3 21 28 29 30 28 16 IO 22 1 31
Time 20-21 23-24 20-21 21-22 4-5 11-12 2-3 13-14 5-6 18-19 13-14 8-9
Year 1958 1956 1950 1962 1959 1951 1962 1961 1956 1959 1956 r 1953

5. Amini Devi (1964- 1966)

mn 5.7 7.5 0 5.8 12.2 37.3 30.9 49.5 52.7 40.0 24.4 24.0
Date 25 12 :x) 29 I 10 13 6 7 12 7
Time 16-17 14-15 - 16-17 12-13 5-6 0-1 1-2 1-2 5-6 6-7 0-1
Year 1966 1965 1966 1965 1966 1966 1965 1964 1966 1966 1966

6. Amritsar (1951- 1966)

nm 14.5 ll.7 9.9 6.9 15.0 28.0 51.3 50.0 74.4 32.5 9.5 12.5
Date 13 23 15 18 ll 27 24 26 2 4 5 12
30
19
Time 12-13 21-:n. 22-23 18-19 15-16 1-2 5-6 14-15 1-2 2-3 23-24 20-21
3-4
11-12
Year 1961 1954 1952 1960 1966 1960 1956 1961 1964 1955 1959 1963
1962
1966

89
 --,
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

7. Anantapur (1965-66)
lllll 1.7 0 0 9.1 35.3 44.0 14.9 38.2 22.4 34.7 18.4 21.8
Date 30 20 7 25 29 19 2 17 9
Time 21-22 - 22-23 16-17 1-2 16-17 22-23 5-6 23-24 7-8 19-20
Year 1966 1965 1966 1966 1966 1966 1966 1966 1966 1965

8. Asansol ( 1953-66)
mn 13.7 13.4 16.0 39.4 64.5 60.5 60.0 86.0 72.4 47.8 13.2 6.6
Date 21 19 11 25 14 28 9 20 26 20 7 28
Time 17-18 17-18 16-17 16-17 12-13 14-15 17-18 20-21 14-15 16-17 13-14 6-7
Year 1953 1965 1956 1963 1956 1965 1964 1960 1956 1958 1955 1954

9. Aurangabad (Chikalthana)(l 952-66)

nm 16.7 5.5 16.3 6.2 27:S 60.5 44.2 33.5 37.1 23.0 21.0 20.2
Date 7 5 20 11 20 15 30 21 20 4 25 2
Time 18-19 13-14 17-18 18-19 16-17 22-23 19-20 2-3 22-23 14-15 18-19 8-9
Year 1965 1961 1954 1964 1961 1955 1954 1965 1952 1959 1958 1966

I 0. Bagdog'ra ( 1962-65)
mn 0 4.6 20.7 20.0 37.1 70.2 60.0 32.5 . 42.0 17.7 11.7 0.3
Date 7 20 29 8 13 29 15 14 5 4 8
Time 6-7 7-8 14-15 4-5 0-1 15-16 15-16 2-3 23-24 3-4 18-19
Year 1965 1964 1963 1963 1963 1964 1963 1964 1962 1963 1963

I I. Bagra Tawa (1952-66)

mn 12.8 9.4 18.8 11.2 44.5 59.7 38.5 63.2 63.0 30.0 12.0 8.9
Date 11 14 2 4 30 26 18 6 • 15 2 25 8
Time 3-4 7-8 16-17 15-16 3-4 18-19 12-13 23-24 17-18 10-11 22-23 11-12
Year 1966 1955 1957 1960 1959 1955 1960 1964 1961 1961 1963 1956

I 2. Bangalore Aerodrome (1954-66)

mn 18.5 13.7 18.0 29.3 55.0 32.8 31.7 50.0 57.9 53.9 22.9 17.2
Date -31 2 24 5 5 6 2 30 13 3 7 8
Time 22-23 1-2 21-22 15-16 16-17 17-18 17-18 22-23 21-22 16-17 16-17 22-23
Year 1959 1959 1954 1965 1963 1960 1965 1964 1955 1956 1957 1965

13. Bangalore Central Observatory (1950-66)

mn 7.8 20.0 12.5 35.7 44.8 61.0 59.2 50.8 48.0 50.8 27.4 39.0
Date 31 1 7 3 13 11 IO 8 21 1 8
16
Time 21-22 22-23 22-23 0-1 21-22 22-23 17-18 0-1 22-23 14-15 22-23 21-22
23-24
Year 1959 1959 1957 1961 1961 1952 1952 1965 1964 1952 1950 1965
1956

90
"-- IRC:SP: 13-2004

•
Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec .

14. Barakachar (1952-55)

I mn 4.6 3.6 3.6 19.8 3.1 32.0 50.8 32.3 53.3 18.5 0
Date 0.5
2i 22 23
I Time 1-2 4-5 16-17
4
23-24
12
17-18
19
19-20
22
19-20
24
19-20
26
0-1
25 30
20-21 3-4
Year 1953
I 1952 1955 1952 1955 1953 1954 1955 1954 1955 1954

I 15. Barahkshetra(l952-66)
nm 15.2 15.4 32.3 32.9 54.9 88.5 68.0 78.0 61.5 83.8 10.0 7.8
I Date II 8 24 13 15 30 27 17 26 2 2 3
Time 19-20 5-6 16-17 0-1 22-23 23-24 21-22 13-14 11-12 17-18
•
I
Year 1957 1961 1953 1965 1958 1966 1964 1961 1963 1953
8-9
1963
0-1
1966
16. Barhi(l953-55)'

, i nm
Date

Time
13.5
21

5-6
7.5
10

8-9
3.7
29
31)
I 7-18
8.8
22

21-22
22.0
30

15-16
56.0
26

21-22
39.0
23

13-14
41.9
9

21-22
49.2
14

17-18
31.5
23

22-23
10.8
4

17-18
8.7
2

23-24
i Year
21-22
1955 1964 1965 1964 1964 1965 1964 1953 1964
-'j 1963 1963 1966
17. Barmul (1952-58)
j nm 3.1 24.1 11.9 24.9 34.5 53.3 66.5 45.7 74.9 26.9 6.3 3.8
Date
f Time
21
23-24
24
20-21
15
19-20
2
18-19
24
14-15
21
19-20
19
18-19
26
18-19
25
20-21
15
14-15
10
20-2!
29
21-22
Year 1953 1958 1956 1952 1956 1952 1953 1953 1956 1953 1953 1954
18. Baroda (I 948-66)
lllll 4.6 4.6 6.6 2.5 37.6 71.4 52.8 66.5 44.7 42.4 12.7 2.0
Date 6 4 16 13 28 22 26 5 9 10 25 5
Time 17-18 IO-I I 18-19 15~16 23-24 4-5 7-8 0-1 19-20 IO-I I 11-12 1-2
Year 1953 1961 1962 1962 1956 1966 1957 1956 1960 1956 1963 1962
19. Barrackpore (1957-66)
;
mn 22.1 14.7 34.3 31.5 54.5 43.0 48.5 58.2 56.5
I
~
Date II 26 27 31 30 6 10
54.0
16
20.5
II
0
Time 0-1 8-9 20-21 20-21 20-21 15-16 18-19 2-3 12-13 16-17 23-24
1 Year 1957 1957 1960 1958 1959 1962 1964
J 1957 1961 1959 1958
20. Bhimkund (1957-66)
mn 5.6 16.0 30.0 41.7 28.0 50.0 62.0 52.0 60.0 30.0 7.3 1.0
Date 26 7 9 2 27 23 27 8 11 14 3 8,2,1
Tiine 8-9 I0-11 12-13 15-16 18-19 18-19 15-16 9-10 2-3 15-16 13-14 23-24
3-4
3-4
Year 1962 1961 1962 1965 1959 1961 1959 1963 1963 1966 1963 1962,
63,66
-.
I

91
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

21. Bhopal (Bairagarh) (1953-66)

11111 15.5 6.5 26.9 9.3 61.0 59.9 70.0 71.5 61.2 24.9 11.2 5.8
Date 11 5 24 12 30 26 1 7 25 2 15 8
Time 17-18 19-20 16-17 15-16 17-18 20-21 9-10 16-17 22-23 21-22 2-3 3-4,
14-15
Year 1966 1962 1957 1962 1956 1957 1964 1963 1%1 1955 1966 1956

22. Bhubaneshwar (1964-66)

mn 13.7 19.3 11.0 20.0 25.0 46.0 30.0 45.5 43.0 30.0 16.8 5.8
Date 3 17 '29 27 16 23 10 13 23 8 22 17
Time 13-14 16-17 14-15 19-20 18-19 14-15 19-20 17-18 18-19 17-18 11-12 5-6
Year 1966 1966 1965 1964 1964 1966 1964 1966 1964 1966 1966 1965

23. Bhuj (1964-66)

mn 1.7 0 5.5 0.6 0 16.1 48.8 46.0 17.5 7.5 0 .0
Date 21 31 11 22 19 26 6 6
Time 4-5 17-18 6-7 16-17 21-22 15-16 16-17 17-18 -
Year 1964 1965 1965 1966 1966 1965 1966 1966

24. Bishungarh (1953-66)

mn 19.6 8.0 14.2 18.5 40.0 36.0 59.5 43.0 39.0 59.0 13.2 6.3
Date 9 IO 5 24 11 13 5 8 27 22 2 28
Time 15-16 8-9 23-24 14-15 13-14 15-16 0-1 22-23 22-23 0-1 5-6 4-5
Year 1957 1964 1957 1962 1963 1%3 1%1 1963 1963 1959 1956 1954

25. Bokaro(l951-66)
mn 23.6 15.8 23.9 32.5 36.6 32.7 48.0 48.5, 57.9 44.8 5.6 6.9
Date 9 6 9 19 15 13 11 1 6 4 11 '29
Time 17-18 18-19 17-18 17.:18 14-15 19-20 18-19 13-14 21-22 17-18 1-2 17-18
Year 1957 1961 1957 1951 1958 1966 1951 1953 1953 1959 1953 1954

26. B~mbay (Colaba)( 1948-66)

mn 5.5 15.0 2.8 7.3 • 27.0 62.5 68.1 53.3 128.5 43.2. 31.7 35.0
Date 26 5 26 28 16 27 14 5 22 11 22 5
Time 4-5 5-6 6-7 2-3 5-6 1-2 7-8 6-7 14-15< 7-8 3-4 4-5
Year 1962 1%1 1951 1959 1960 1958 1949 1957 1949 1948 1948 1962

2 7. Bombay (Santa Cruz)(l 952-66)

mn 6.3 11.6 0 1.0 17.8 83.3 91.4 55.9 57.0 44.2 10.0 16.4
Date 24 5 26 16 19 17 6 9 8 IO 5
Time 7-8 10-11 3-4 5-6 5-6 6-7 11-12 23-24 2-3 17-18 5-6
Year 1965 1%1 1954 1956 1953 1952 1954 1%2 1960 1964 1962

28. Calcutta (Alipore)(l948-66)

mn 14.2 33.2 24.4 43.9 54.9 51.0 61.5 59.0 48.3 41.7 24.9 4.6
Date 12,22 23 13 25 20 12 2 13 27 9 1 28
Time 3-4, 18-19 20-21 19-20 18-19 9-10 6-7 3-4 9-10 11-12 19-20 20-21
3-4
Year 1957 1958 1948 1952 19~ 1959 1%5 1966 1%3 1948 1950 1954
1961

92
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. ' May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

2 9. Cham bat (1963-66)

1m1 1.0 0.2 1.5 1.8 21.5 83.5 40.8 58.9 44.0 4.0 11.6 0.1
Date 14 12 30 29 26 20 6 26 5 16 21 26
Time 16-17 23-24 14-15 19-20 20-21 19-20 15-16 14-15 14-15 18-19 14-15 3-4
Year 1963 1966 1%3 1963 1964 1%5 1964 1%5 1%3 1%3 1963 1963

30. Chandwa (1953-66)

11111 13.5 10.8 12.2 6.2 21.3 55.3 46.0 37.1 29.0 38.1 5.8 20.5
Date 21 7 3 l 10, 10 23 15 12 20 2 8
9
Time 19-20 16-17 22-23 5-6 13-14 18-19 15-16 19-20 7-8 17-18 3-4 3-4
7-8
Year 1959 1961 1958 1965 1956 1960 1960 1953 1959 1958 1956 1967
1963

31. Cherrapunji (1940-61)

11111 9.2 25.4 51.8 87.4 101.4 108.7 127.0 76.2 106.7 44.2 16.8 18.3
Date 22 10 30 29 4 17 11 4 15 4 18 6
Time 12-13 4-5 2-3 8-9 8-9 6-7 0-1 19-20 0-1 11-12 23-24 21-22
Year 1959 1950 1951 1948 1956 1949 1952 1957 1951 1951 1950 1954

32. Coimbatore (1963-66)

11111 7.8 0 2.4 36.6 80.0 11.5 33.5 19.6 42.8 31.8 22.8 55.0
Date 14 25 18 24 26 28 30 24 16 23 7
Time 20-21 15-16 15-16 22-23 14-15 0-1 14-15 17-18 17-18 19-20 23-24
Year 1966 1963 1965 1%5 1%3 1964 1%3 1966 1964 1965 1%3

33. Dadeldhura (1959-66)

11111 8.5 8.0 9.0 26.6 19.6 26.7 36.1 25.3 222 13.0 11.5 5.4
Date 20 24 20 13 17 8 8 6 2 13 7 13
Time 4-5 23-24 0-1 16-17 17-18 5-6 13-14 19-20 12-13 23-24 15-16 21-22
Year 1965 1962 1965 1%3 1964 1%1 1%1 1962 1965 1%1 1963 1963

34. Dhanbad(1952-61)
11111 23.1 13.7 12.9 14.5 34.0 58.0 73.7 54.3 43.0 30.5 4.8 7.6
Date 21 7 27 26 24 25 ... 3 11 6 13 9 28
8
Time 16-17 20-21 14-15 3-4 14-15 14-15 1-2 21-22 11-12 11-12 0-1 6-7
11-12
Year 1953 1961 1955 1958 1954 1958 1953 1958 1958 1952 1953 1954
1955

35. Dhanwar(l957)
mn 19.3 2.5 7.9 0 0 19.6 )7.8 10.9 43.9 5.3 0 0
Date 15 22 22 26 2D 7 15 12
Time 14-15 15-16 21-22 - 10-11 19-20 1-2 17-18 15-16 -

93
~

..
1
.,
4''
~°i;~~-

IRC:SP: 13-2004 t

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

36. Dholpur ( 1962-66)

mn 3.9 2.2 5.8 3.7 10.0 40.0 46.6 33.5 34.4 24.5 0 4.1
Date 15 12 4 6 12 16 25 21 19 18 '29
Time 0-1 11-12 19-20, 14-15 9-10 4-5 17-18 13-14 16-17 0-1 5.6
22-23
Year 1963 1965 1962 1963 1966 1966 1966 1966 1964 1965 1966

37. Dibrugarh (Mohanbari) (1953-66)

mn 9.4 25.6 26.0 36.0 50.0 92.5 56.5 50.0 60.0 36.8 20.3 9.3
Date 21 13 22 15 25 25 14 9,3 30 6 5 30
Time 23-24 6-7 21-22 3-4 0-1 23-24 2-3 1-2 0-1 0-1 23-24 14-15
1-2
Year 1961 1960 1964 1961 1960 1965 1965 1958 1961 1956 1965 1959
1960

38. Dum Dum (1948-66)

mn 13.5 30.2 28.2 66.0 50.0 63.0 68.1 56.9 64.9 40.1 13.2 6.1
Date 30 6 7 20 8 2 9 6 7 8 26 28
'29
Time 7-8 2-3 18-19 16-17 14-15 17-18 13-14 11-12 2-3 13-14 7-8 21-22
16-17
Year 1959 1948 1949 1962 1963 1953 1953 1955 1960 1949 1951 1954

39. Dumri (1954-66)

mn 9.7 7.6 102 24.5 48.8 42.7 40.1 592 53.5 66.0 9.4 6.8
Date '29 . 27 26 22 31 6 15,22 25 26 22 25 2
Time 18-19 19-20 14-15 15-16 18-19 14-15 17-18 1-2 21-22 0-1 4-5 11-12
14-15
Year 1959 1958 1955 1964 1954 1958 1955 1956 1960 1959 1966 1966

40. Durgapur(l957-66)
mn 8.5 16.4 10.0 12.0 52.5 58.0 52.0 90:0 64.0 412 4.9 1.0
Date 22 5 20 21 12 8 28 21 18 21" 3 1
Time 1-2 21-22 19-20 18-19 23-24 16-17 15-16 6-7 17-18 15-16 18-19 23-24
Year 1959 1961 1965 1962 1964 1969 1959 1964 1959 1964 1963 1966
~

41. Gangtok (1956-66)

mn 26.7 16.2 40.6 53.5 · 60.8 812 33.9 41.7 35.7 37.5 12.6 5.0
Date 5 24 22 22 16 9 10 30 22 14 17 14
Time 16-17 18-19 15-16 16-17 14-15 16-17 19-20 21-22 0-1 22-23 15-16 14-15
Year 1958 1963 1957 1963 1959 1966 1958 1958 1965 1966 1961 1961

42. Ganav~ram(l963-66)
mn 1.3 0 10.0 19.0 26.0 39.0 30.8 51.4 61.4 38.6 19.8 2.3
Date 3 26 2 21 21 23 27 7 24 4 31
Time 6-7 12-13 20-21 1-2 21-22 18-19 15-16 6-7 3-4 13-14 1_5-16
13-14
Year 1966 1963 1965 1965 - "1964 1963 1966 1964 1963 1966 1964

94
 IRC:SP:13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

43. Gauhati(l955-66)
mn 5.5 8.2 20.0 33.0 32.0 67.0 60.5 51.5 60.1 21.7 11.7 6.1
Date 30 23 30 30 9 19 9 28 26 8 30 15
Time 22-23 23-24 2-3 1-2 19-20 22-23 17-18 19-20 4-5 19-20 15-16 17-18
Year 1959 1964 1%5 1%1 1966 1958 1955 1%0 1961 1959 1955 1956

44. Gaya (1948-66)(except61)

mn 14.5 7.1 282 15.7 48.0 492 40.6 69.9 58.1 38.6 12.7 5.1
Date 9 24 5 29 28 Tl 3 15 11 Tl 29
Time 23-24 21-22 18-19 2-3 16-17 19-20 22-23 14-15 16-17 21-22 4-5 18-19
Year 1957 1954 1957 1962 1963 1965 1953 1957 1962 1956 1948 1956

45. Gorkha(l956-61-64-66)
mn 11.7 7.0 5.6 29.3 27.9 43.9 62.0 432 49.4 25.9 49.3 7.1
Date 9 13 30 13 31 16 6 30 12 6 4 11
Time 22-23 13-14 9-10 17-18 23-24 0-1 9-10 22-23 3-4 5-6 19-20 18-19
Year 1957 1966 1958 1%5 1957 1965 1965 1957 1966 1966 1965 1956

46. Gwalior(l963-66)
nm 3.5 4.0 1.3 1.5 1.8 25.0 29.5 62.5 48.5 0.3 3.0 9.5
Date 14 12 29 1 Tl 26 16 6 19 17 17 29
Time 20-21 20-21 20-21 22-23 23-24 13-14 13-14 14-15 18-19 20-21 2-3 8-9
Year 1963 1966 1965 1965 1964 1966 1%3 1966 1964 1965 1963 1966

47. Hazaribagh (1952-66)

nm 15.7 21.8 15.5 20.3 29.3 67.6 49.5 78.0 56.6 33.0 9.3 7.4
Date 16 13 5 15 7 12 21 10 .2 5 16 29
Time 16-17 15-16 16-17 14-15 0-1 14-15 8-9 16-17 18-19 16-17 17-18 19-20
Year 1953 1958 1957 1952 1%1 1953 1959 1966 1%3 1953 1966 1956

48. Hirakud (1952-66)

mn 8.9 33.0 24.9 11.5 20.0 82.3. 64.0 68.0 55.0 40.6 5.5 3.0
Date 16" Tl 3 8 13 20 2 14 Tl 25 5 1
Time 3-4 2-3 22-23 4-5 21-22 19-20 23-24 16-17 4-5 3-4 14-15 18-19
Year 1957 1964 1958 1961 1%3 1957 1953 1%1 1964 I 1957 1961 1966

49. Hyderabad (Begumpet)(l948-66)

mn 3.6 20.8 38.3 40.0 30.2 42.9 43.7 101.6 32.1 47.0 32.8 24.0
Date 23 20 ll 29 13 9 24 1 18 Tl 5 2
Time 0-1 14-15 13-14 18-19 23-24 0-1 23-24 0-1 19-20 13-14 20-21 21,.22
Year 1953 1950 1957 1958 1%5 1952 1953 1954 1%0 1961 1948 1966

50. Imphal (1956-66)

nm 8.6 16.1 11.1 17.8 41.0 48.1 25.3 44.0 26.7 23.6 15.3 9.6
Date 12 26 3 24 9 16 9 ll 14 17 13 15
Time 10-11 3-4 18-19 11-12 14-15 18-19 11-12 18-19 3-4 22-23 16-17 6-7
Year 1957 1964 1%1 1966 1963 1958 1958 1959 1966 1956 1%1 1965

95
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

5 t. Indore (1963-66)
nm 7.3 18.3 5.5 1.3 2.7 59.5 40.0 30.0 33.5 18.8 18.4 5.2
Date 11 26 26 30 30 26 6 25 18,1 18 13 · 12
Time 15-16 21-22 17-18 21-22 17-18 16-17 15-16 13-14 14-15 19-20 15-16 13-14
16-17
Year 1966 1963 1964 1963 1964 1964 1963 1963 . 1964 1963 1966 1965
1966
52. Jabalpur(l952-66)
nm 25.9 12.7 26.7 10.0 50.0 77.3 73.7 67.5 52.8 28.0 21.6 21.3
Date 24 27 26 30 4 22 20 27 16 9 1
Time 16-17 16-17 13-14 19-20 17-18 20-21 0-1 8-9 4-5 21-22 4-5 12-13
Ye~ 1955 1958 1957 1963 1966 1965 1952 1963 1954 1959 1956 1966
53. Jagdalpur (1953-66)
mn 12.8 15.3 23.9 50.0 39.4 66.0 73.1 52.6 48.0 50.3 15.6 33.7
Date 12 20 23 26 13 27 '29 30 2 4 2
Time 4-5 20-21 16-17 16-17 20-21 19-20 14-15 14-15 11-12 19-20 18-19 13-14
Year 1966 1962 1965 1964 1956 1959 1954 1954 1955 1954 1961 1962
54. Jaipur (1950-59)
rrm 12.2 9.7 16.5 5.1 122 37.1 57.1 45.5 53.6 54.6 7.9 1.3
Date 27 20 5 10 21 15 2 11 27 3 28 21
Time 18-19 5-6 5-6 3-4 16-17 1-2 14-15 4-5 21-22 7-8 14-15 16-17
Year 1956 1954 1957 1958 1950 1951 1956 1955 1954 1956 1958 1958
55. Jaipur (Sanganer Aerodrome) (1959-66)
mn 6.5 24.5 5.3 9.1 24.8 48.0 49.0 54.0 23.8 22.5 12.6 2.3
Date 1 12 30 24 27 18 .7 15 6 7 5 '29
Time 10-11 14-15 20-21 13-14 19-20 5-6 18-19 13-14 2-3 13-14 17-18 21-22
Year 1961 1965 1966 1963 1964 1966 1962 1959 1961 1961 1959 1960
56. Jamshedpur(l948-66)
nm 14.0 29.3 19.3 22.6 54.4 85.9 53.5 61.7 53.2 34.3 17.8 11.9
Date 27 7 24 2A 20 10 17 '29 7 22 25 30
Time 21-22 21-22 18-19 18-19 15-16 0-1 16-17 21-22 8-9 22-23 23-24 20-21
Year 1949 1961 1951 1962 1949 1949 1964 1953 1964 1959 1948 1956
57. Jammu (1955-65)
nm 12.9 5.1 18.5 26.4 26.7 56.9 44.0 59.5 50.0 39.9 10.0 4.7
Date 9 7 30 22 31 25 19 13 25 4 28 12
Time 5-6 10-11 14-15 13-14 14-15 5-6 0-1 23-24 14-15 13-14 11-12 11-12
Year - 1957 1961 1965 1964 1959 1957 1962 1964 1957 1957 1965 1961

58. Jawai Dam (1962-66)

nm 2.0 1.1 6.0 5.5 212 22.3 98.0 59.8 40.5 12.2 7.9 0.4
Date 2 12 30 22 13 28 19 20 19 17 25 26
Time 10-11 17-18 11-12 17-18 3-4 15-16 22-23 17-18 . 16-17 17-18 7-8 3-4
Year 1965 1965 1963 1963 1964 1963 1962 1965 1964· 1963 1963 1963

96
,-
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

59. Jharsuguda (1954-66)

mn 15.5 19.6 14.5 14.5 31.2 50.0 63.0 71.l 53.5 77.0 5.3 11.0
Date 16 24 '19 11 13 22 3 25 6 3 2 11
Time 1-2 9-10 19-20 18-19 16-17 15-16 21-22 13-14 13-14 22-23 7-8 14-15
Year 1957 1958 1965 1966 1956 1958 1954 1957 1958 1954 1956 1961

60. Jodhpur (1948-65)

mn 13.2 4.1 17.0 5.4 17.8 27.9 60.0 52.0 50.8 25.7 7.5 2.1
Date 18 20 3 9 30 27 7 18 24 2 28 '19
Time 16-17 23-24 23-24 22-23 3-4 17-18 16-17 4-5 13-14 22-23 11-12 20-21
Year 1948 1948 1962 1961 1951 1951 1964 1964 1954 1956 1958 1960

61. Tonk Dam Site (1952-53)

mn 5.8 4.6 7.1 2.1 0 24.9 37.1 46.0 19.1 29.5 0 0
Date 20 5 15 15 '19 3 24 4 15
Time 3-4 22-23 18-19 8-9 18-19 21-22 18-19 19-20 19-20 -
Year 1953 1953 1952 1953 1952 1952 1952 1952 1952

62. Kathmandu(l952-66)
mn 5.6 16.0 11.2 23.5 24.4 44.0 41.7 33.2 35.3 27.4 5.1 3.5
Date 28.9 11 22 25 9 19 19 12 15 1 2 18
Time 22-23 16-17 4-5 16-17 23-24 1-2 19-20 22-23 14-15 2-3 22-23 6-7
i Year
23-24
1956, 1956 1956 1962 1956 1965 1952 1961 1963 1961 1952 1961
I 1957

• 63. Khalari (l 9(i3-66)

•• nm
Date
Time
0 6.0
10
9-10
10.0
31
18-19
19.2
1
14-15
22.5
23
14-15
30.0
13
13-14
37.5
23
23-24
63.2
13
16-17
2}..8
9
0-1
30.5
20
23-24
6.5
25
3-4
7.5
1
19-20"

•-
Year 1964 1965 1965 1965 1963 1965 1966 1964 1964 1966 1966

64. Khijrawan(l958-61)
ITI11 12.0 . 11.4 17.5 5.7 14.0 29.8 36.5 28.0 40.0 66.0 8.6 8.7

•• Date
Time
Year
7
8-9
1960
24
15-16
1958

65. Kodaikanal (1948-66)

mn
20
5-6
1960
7
0-1
1961
24
18-19
1958
13
17-18
1958
1
15-16
1960
23
10-11
1961
23
11-12
1958
5
15-16
1960
23
13-14
1958
12
2-i
1961

35.6 20.0 38.1 68.6 83.3 24.9 40.6 30.0 40.0 65.5 30.8 25.1

=
-
i
Date '
Time

Year
16.
19-20

1948
24
2-3

1962
20
21-22

1962
20
18-19

1957
6
16-17

1964
5
17-18

1953
22
12-13

1964
14
15-16

1964
4
19-20

1964
9
18-19

1953
7
0-1

1959
18,4
15-16
18-19
}957
1961

97
 - - ~
...

IRC:SP: 13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

66. Konar(l960-64)
5.6 17.4 5.8 14.0 32.5 58.7 41.4 50.0 41.0 27.1 2.5 8.0
mn
16 7 5 18 25 20 19 31 30 2 3 8
Date
3-4 18-19 21-22 13-14 12-13 16-17 13-14 10-11 21-22 20-21 14-15 11-12
Time
1963 1961 1962 1962 1961 1964 1964 1963 1963 1962 1963 1962
Year
67. Luchipur(l963-66)
10.0 5.5 19.8 55.0 36.5 62.5 29.0 45.5 36.5 30.0 11.0 3.8
mn
,.,
20 20 25 26 '19 9 14 7 21 4 1
Date j

23-24 18-19 19-20 20-21 22-23 22-23 16-17 15-16 13-14 21-22 18-19 22-23
Time
1965 1965 1964 1963 1965 1964 1965 1964 1963 1963 1966
Year 1966
68. Lucknow (Amausi)(l953-66)
8.6 14.5 102 40.0 50.0 70.0 63.7 59.3 39.0 8.0 9.5
mn 12.9
21 24 21 21 9 2 14 2 l 17
Date 16
1-2 17-18 16-17 1-2 13-14 3-4 13-14 6-7 19-20 21-22 23-24
Time 1-2
23-24
1961 1960 1963 1964 1964 1960 1955 1958 1958 1963 1961
Year 1953
69. Madras (Meenambakkam) (1948-66)
13.2 35.3 52.6 49.9 36.4 62.2 52.6 49.0 61.0 43.7
mn 24.5 8.4
3 2A 11 19 22 14. 28 17 9 4
Date 10
20-21 14-15 3-4 3-4 23-24 2-3 4-5 0-1 2-3 16-17
Time 7-8 0-1
1963 1951 1952 1961 1966 1950 1956 1963 1957 1952
Year 1963 1959

70. Madras (Nungambakkam) (1957-66)

10.0 33.9 24.5 48.2 38.8 38.8 44.7 74.5 47.7 30.4
mn 26.2 15.5
25 23 6 22 12 15 30 7 11 7
Date 10 3
13-14 10-11 2-3 3-4 22-23 3-4· 0-1 2-3 21-22 10-11
Time 7-8 10-11
1963 1963 1958 1961 1961 1966 1960 1959 1961 1965
Year 1963 1959

71. Mahabaleshwar (1948-66)

19.3 34.8 302 50.8 452 38.5 41.2 45.2 29.0 16.8
mn 5.1 0.5
6 16 26 23 10 9 1 1 20 5
Date 22 21
17-18 17-18 14-15 23-24 22-23 16-17 10-11 15-16 21-22 9-10
·Time 10-21 14-15
1948 1959 1956 1951 1965 1963 1958 1951 1951 1962
Year 1948 1948

72. Maithon (1957-66)

20.0 35.0 26.0 31.0 54.0 38.4 52.0 25.0 7.0 2.8
mn 6.0 7.0
23 25 . 11 30. 30 8 10 20 3,4 2
Date 3 19
14-15 19-20 15-16 9-10 20-21 3-4 16-17 13-14 18-19 11-12
Time 22-23 17-18
19-20
1965 1964 1958 1963 1965 1963 1966 1958 1963 1966
Year 1966 1965

73. Mangalore (1953-66)

- 71.8 58.0 43.5 47.0 29.5 56.0 '
38.5 43.3
mn 5.6 0 31.5 24.9
Tl '19 21 26 10 15 Tl 17 22 10
Date 7
19-20 0-1 5-6- 4-5 12-13 2-3 3-4 18-19 14-15
Time 2-3 23-24
1956 1965 1961 1964 1962 1955 1963 1958 1965
Year 1954 1963

98
-•
.
.
IRC:SP:13-2004

•- Jan.

74. Marmagao(l964-66)
Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

-
·~
mn
Date
Time
Year
1.9
4
5-6
1965
0.4
l
2-3
1966
0.5
I
12-13
1964
0

-
60.3
3
10-11
1966
51.8
6
20-21
1964
39.3
8
2-3
1964
25.7
20
14-15
1965
32.6
Zl
20-21
1965
39.0
9
5-6
1964
42.0
13
3-4
1966
29.0
II
10-11
1%5
l 7 5. Mawsynram (1960-66)
4
~ nm 10.0 12.6 45.6 42.0 86.4 127.0 118.5 103.0 100.0 32.0 27.0. 2.5
i Date 4 22 I '19 19 II 7 2 13 20 5 12
' Time 8-9 21-22 21-22 12-13 3-4 22-23 20-21 0-1 20-21 4-5 14-15 15-16
Year 1966 1964 1%1 1%2 1950 1966 1964 1964 1960 1964 1%3 1966

3 76. Minicoy(l963-:66)
nm 14.5 13.5 7,7 64.3 34.3 42.0 54.2 22.2 70.0 64.1 38.5 31.7
Date 9 10 13 24 4 3 24 10 26 23 19 5
Time 9-10 15-16 15-16 1-2 21-22 23-24 9-10 19-20 13-14 1-2 15-16 20-21
Year 1963 1963 1963 1%3 1963 1964 1%3 1%5 1965 1%5 1963 1965

77. Mukhim (1956-66)

nm 4.0 5.7 8.5 14.7 22.6 26.2 36.7 57.3 43.3 22.6 9.7 6.6
Date 4 II 19 14 28 30 14 20 15 7 6 31
Time 22-23 23-24 1-2 15-16 22-23 22-23 3-4 3-4 15-16 17-18 11-12 4-5
Year 1959 1959 1966 1963 1956 1964 1965 1965 1960 1961 1959 1960

78. Nagpur(l948-66)
nm 29.0 9.4 28.5 19.8 37.8 78.0 65.4 51.8 53.6 31.5 12.2 21.8
Date 6 21 '19 25 20 Zl Zl Zl 4 12 5 4
Time 17-18 4-5 16-17 1-2 18-19 3-4 9-10 15-16 5-6 14-15 15-16 17-18
Year 1960 1950 · 1957 1966 1962 1954 1960 1955 1954 1958 1948 1962

79. Nandurbar(l962-66)
nm 6.9 0 8.8 33.0 24.5 34.0 72.5 36.0 32.4 50.0 20.0 5.7
Date 14 24 '19 16 24 2 '19 18 9 3 4
Time 15-16 - 15-16 16-17 16-17 6-7 22-23 14-15 17-18 22-23 2-3 22-23
Year 1963 1963 1958 1965 1957 1963 1958 1964 1959 1959 1962

80. New Delhi (1948-66)

mn 28.7 16.6 19.1 5.1 13.5 35.5 73.0 49.5 79.3 26.4 8.4 8.6
Date 15 5 1 2 30 ·25 22 7 7 9 20 '19
Time 18-19 23-24 18-19 8-9 15-16 18-19 16-17 10-1 I 8-9 2-3 13-14 18-19
Year 1953 1961 1952 1951 1950 1966 1965 1960 1948 1956 1957 1963

81. North Lakhimpur(l957-66)

nm 9.6 10.0 21.3 22.9 51.5 71.1 55.0 50.8 65.0 36.8 19.6 23.8
Date 20 16 28 16 8 9 21 24 28 10 3 17
Time 4-5 11-12 6-7 13-14 34 3-4 7-8 3-4 3-4 2-3 0-1 1-2
Year 1961 1960 1964 1964 1958 1959 1959 1964 1960 1965 1963 1965

99
j

II a·i.i;
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

82. Okha ( 1963-66)

ITill 4.7 0 0 0 0 53.0 76.l 24.0 6.1 5.3 7.4 0.5
Date 2 22 19 Tl 6 15 25 29
Time 3-4 0-1 22-23 15-16 7-8 18-19 5-6 23-24
Year 1965 1966 1966 1964 1966 1963 1963 1964

83. Okhaldunga (1952-66)

nm 7.1 18.0 15.7 25.0 43.4 47.6 51.8 49.4 9.0 30.0 14.6 3.6
Date 10 22 24 13 20 Tl 10 19 21 3 12 16
Time 0-1 14-15 16-17 22-23 23-24 22-23 17-18 15-16 0-1 16-17 16-17 11-12
Year 1957 1954 1953 1963 1954 1961 1956 1963 1961 1964 1961 1955

84. Palganj (Giridih)(l 953-57)

mn 9.9 5.3 9.1 7.1 51.3 40.l 43.4 55.9 55.9 24.1 2.8 23.6
Date 21 2 Tl 10 28 13 14 Tl 6 9 7 29
Time 7-8 13-14 13-14 14-15 11-12 6-7 13-14 15-16 22-23 21-22 12-13 16-17
Year 1955 1956 1955 1955 1956 1956 1956 1957 1954 1954 1955 1954

85. Panaji (1965-66)

nm 0.2 0.9 0 28.2 42.8 20.4 30.7 11.6 54.0 18.0 20.4 18.6
Date 4 16 3 16 19 31 22 2 14 II
Time 5-6 1-2 23-24 10-11 16-17 22-23 17-18 3-4 18-19 4-5 10-11
Year 1965 1966 1965 1966 1966 1965 1966 1965 1966 1966 1965

86. Panambur (Manalore Project) (1965-66)

nm 4.0 0 0 11.0 29.2. 37.3 31.4 26.0 21.5 33.2 22.5 17.5
Date 14 20 30 Tl 29 19 . 3 15 6 11
Time 2-3 1-2 0-1 0-1 18-19 21-22 2-3 1-2 15-16 10-11
Year 1966 1966 1965 . 1966 1965 1965 1966 1966 1965 1965

87. Pan chat Hill (1953-66)

nm 17.3 10.0 15.3 25.3 41.6 70.6 65.5 60.0 62.0 38.7 9.9 12.7
Date 21 12 29 29 11 25 23 24 16 23 7 28
Time 1-2 12-13 19-20 4-5 18-19 15-16 17-18 16-17 17-18 22-23 10-11 6-7
Year 1954 1959 1965 1962 1962 1958 1954 1963 1953 1958 1955 1954

88. Pathankot(l957-61)
ITill 9.1 8.1 11.2 4.6 23.5 30.4 68.l 47.8 56.4 12.4 9.9 9.3
Date 20 6 29 2 29 21 5 8 6 6 16 22
Time 23-24 18-19 19-20 16-17 7-8 4-5 10-11 3-4. 12-13 7-8 5-6 14-15
21-22
Year 1960 1961 1958 1958 1959 1961 1959 1960 1961 1959 1961 1958

89. Patna (1962-65)

ITill 14.0 17.5 4.3 10.1 30.0 38.5 32.3 59.0 45.0 55.9 2.6 3.0
Date 22 19 6 16 21 Tl 30 25 25 9 2 6
Time 5-6 18-19 5-6 22-23 8-9 23-24 5-6 2-3 5-6 8-9 4-5 4-5
Year 1964 1962 1963 1964 1964- 1964 1964 1963 1965 1964 1963 1962

100
-
:J.ri'
J
(

f
:

( IRC:SP: 13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. _ Oct. Nov. Dec.
90. Pokhara (1956-66)
nm 15.4 15.8 11.2 27.3 31.5 61.5 73.0 49.0 59.8 40.0 38.8 8.5
Date 19 Tl 7 30 26 25 13 30 5 5 4 8
( Time 17-18 18-19 18-19 15-16 14-15 20-21 23-24 14-15 19-20 16-17 16-17 20-21
Year 1961 1966 1957 1963 1%2 1957 1966 1966 1%5 1%2 -1965 1962
91. Poona ( 1948-66)
nm 10.2 - 0.2 23.4 34.5 40.2 43.4 39.2 35.0 42.3 47.1 19.8 7.3
Date 22 5 16 5 22 12 IO 16 26 4 14,22 5
Time 8-9 13-14 18-19 18-19 15-16 21-22 22-23 18-19 17-18 21-22 0-1,. 8-9
Year 1948 17-18
1%1 1954 1953 1%2. 1953 1966 1%5 1959 1958 1948, 1%2
1951
92. PortBlair(l951-66)
mn 28.7 31.5 24.0 37.5 54.4 46.6 60.5 60.2 49.5 58.4 37.5 36.8
Date 7 9 IO Tl 25 9 20 3 23 21 23 22
Time 3-4 22-23 9-10 23-24 3-4 14-15 6-7 20-21 5-6 11-12 21-22 13-14
Year 1955 1956 1%1 1%1 1955 1%5 1%4 1953 1954 1951 1%4 1%5
93. Punasa (I 952-66)
nm 16.0 12.2 16.0 8.9 3.7 5J_9 61.0 75.4 64.I 16.0 14.3 13.8
Date 10 9 IO 7 16 20 21 4 2 II 25 4
Time 16-17 19-20 17-18 21-22 3-4 22-23 4-5 22-23 7-8 1-2 17-18 3-4
Year 1966 1952 1960 1957 1%3 1955 1%1 1955 1966 1%1 1%3 1962
94. Pupanki (Cha~.Road) (l 953-56)
nm 21.3 3.1 2.0 7.1 11.2 26.2 27.4 67.1 77.2 16.3 5.1 6.1
Date 16 l 26 19 6 23 10 II 7 1 13 28
Time 2-3 2-3 15-16 15-16 15-16 17-18 13-14 12-13 8-9 16-17 19-20 5-6
Year . 1953 1953 1955 1953 1953 1953 1955 1955 1954 1954 1953 1954
95. Putki (l 960-66)
nm 9.0 9.5 24.0 32.0 30.0 46.0 34.0 45.2 49.0 30.0 IO.I 0
Date 3 IO 29 25 7 30 16 3 2 3 4
Time 19-20 12-13 18-19 17-18 17-18 23-24 16-17 0-1 15-16 15-16 18-19 -
Year 1966 1%4 1965 1%4 1%4 1%3 1960 1953 1%3 1%3 1%3
96. Raipur (1962-66)
nm 3.2 7.8 18.6 9.2 15.7 51.4 40.0 48.9 49.0 21.7 11.9 18.4
Date 6 28 31 17 19 18 II 23 20 19 23 1
Time 10-1 I 7-8 3-4 21-22 17-18 15-16 15-16 20-21 15-16 16-17 15-16 14-15
Year 1965 1%3 1%5 1%2 1%2 1966 1%5 1%5 1%5 1%4 1966 1966
97·_ Ramgarh (I 953-66)
mn 19.8 16.1 16.6 15.6 26.5 43.6 45.0 42.8 55.6 36.5 5.1 11.0
Date 31 3 31 25 27 7 17 3 23 21 IO 8
Time 15-16 6-7 17-18 16-17 17-18 6-7 22-23 18-19 17-18 10-1 I 21-22 8-9
Year 1953 1956 1959 1%4 1959 1%1 1957 1%3 1965 1%4 19.53 1%2

101
j
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.
,
98. Sagar Island (1948-66)
mn 20.3 34.5 24.5 48.8 51.4 64.9 ·92.7 94.0 88.3 57.4 27.2 292
Date 17 6 24 7 2 10 18 15 21 30 18 29
Time 5-6 9-10 0-1 22-23 22-23 10-11 14-15 4-5 I 1-12 10-11 8-9 7-8
Year 1953 1948 1965 1949 1962 1950 1957 1963 1964 1962 1950 1954
99. Shillong (1957-66)
nm 9.1 8.4 36.0 28.0 36.0 43.2 31.2 30.4 57.5 22.5 6.5 · 5.3
Date 10 12 29 20 27 30 18 Tl 2 22 6 9
Time 9-10 21-22 15-16 15-16 13-14 13-14 2-3 21-22 18-19 23-24 I 1-12 15sl6
Year 1957 1960 1964 1964 1966 1958 1960 1961 1958 1965 1961 1957

JOO. Sindri (1963-66)

mn 1.7 5.4 18.5 23.5 29.0 77.5 36.5 50.0 31.5 20.0 13.3 6.3
Date .,,., 20 29 25 21 30 9 24 15 8 4 1
Time· 21-21 16-17 19-20 18-19 12-13 23-24 19-20 14-15 17-18 1-2 17-18 21-22
Year 1966 1965 1965 1964 1964 1963 1964 1963 1963 1963 1963 1966

101. Sonepur (1952-66)

nm IO.I 13.2 11.5 10.2 13.5 38.0 76.0 78.2 61.0 34.5 2.9 9.0
Date 27 4 10 26.3 25 19 19 11 16 17 22
Time 16-17 9-10 5-6 16-17 18-19 18-19 6-7 21-22 18-19 17-18 5-6 18-1~
22-23
Year 1966 1956 1962 1965 1954 1966 1965 1953 1952 1958 1966 1966
1958

102. Srinagar(1953-66)
mn 7.4 10.0 10.7 8.8 17.3 22.0 10.0 10.2 7.8 4.1
Date 11 3 30 21 31 10 18 3 6 Tl
Time 15-16 4-5 1-2 16-17 9-10 5-6 17-18 0-1 20-21 12-13
Year 1954 1964 1966 1963 1966 1960 1965 1956 1959 1953

103. Shanti Niketan (1960-66)

mn 5.3 17.5 23.2 20.0 46.5 42.0 41.5 49.0 38.0 88.0 4.0 1.7
Date 4 .6 29 26 11 23 28 29 7 21 21 1
Time 1-2 23-24 21-22 19-20 15-16 2-3 15-16 9-10 16-17 17-18 22-23 23-24
Year 1966 1961 1965 1964 1962 1962 1961 1960 1964 1964 1966 1966

104. Taplejung (1954-56)

mn 7.4 11.0 18.1 16.7 37.0 49.8 32.9 31.0 28.0 59.2 5.5 7.2
D.ate II' 16 8 25 13 5 21 4 5 2 4,1 14
Time 19-20 1-2 20-21 15-16 16-17 17-18 7-8 16-17 1-2 14-15 4-5 19-20
15-16
Year 1957 1960 1963 1965 1959 1965 1962 1958 1959 1956 1963 1963
1965
 1
r
;

IRC:SP: 13-2004

(
Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

105. Tehri (l 956-66)

(
nm 9'.9 11.1 14.2 10.4 28.7 23.7 40.6 35.6 33.0 10.4 6.6 12.0
/ Date -9 4 ·19 7 29 6 19 24 17 9 21 27
i
Time 12-13 14-15 20-21 9-10 10-ll 16-17 16-17 0-1 2-3 5-6 2-3 11-12
'
\
Year 1957 1965 1965 1957 1956 1963 1956 1960 1962 1956 1957 1962

106. Tezpur (1957-64)

nm 10.0 7.6 19.l 25.l 53.3 52.0 63.0 50.0 48.5 32.8 10.6 4.0
(
Date 23 20 30 28 29 20 26 10 30 15 9 7
Time 14-15. 21-22 16-17 10-ll 3-4 5-6 23-24 0-1 6-7 7-8 3-4 7-8
Year 1959 1957 1959 1958 1957 1963 1963 1963 1961 1963 1959 1964

107. Thikri(l952-66)
nm 10.9 0.8 3.0 7.7 30.0 55.9 39.3 61.0 61.0 35.6 8.0 30.0
Date 27 5 10 17 17 23 25 13 28 3
Time 20-21 6-7 19-20 18-19 16-17 20-21 19-20 15-16 14-15 19-20 20-21 0-1
Year 1955 1961 1960 1959 1960 1956 1960 1953 1954 1955 1958 1962

I 08. Tiliava Dam Site (1956-66)

mn 9.3 9.9 8.0 16.8 21.6 50.0 33.0 80.0 40.0 35.6 12.8 2.8
Date 29 7 6 24 14 26 15 11 14,24 1 16 29
Time 22-23 15-16 21-22 12-13 13-14 21-22 15-16 16-17 17-18 22-23 15-16 19-20
4-5 20-21
Year 1959 1961 1960 1962 1956 1965 1962 1966 1964 1959 1966 1956
1965

I 09. Tiruchirappalli (1954-66)

nm 29.7 4.7 27.4 41.6 41.1 30.0 46.3 55.5 68.7 77.7 31.2 20.2
Date 8 3 22 23 4 10 8 6 27 26 1 7
Time 17-18 14-15 1-2 19-20 20-21 18-19 20-21 21-22 21-22 20-21 17-18 14-15
Year 1963 1962 1962 1959 1954 1966 1965 1958 1962 1955 1961 1962

I I 0. Trivandrum ( 1952-66)
mn 53.0 59.5 96.3 71.0 51.8 50.5 25.0 16.9 40.0 68.0 45.2 69.8
Date 30 23 24 9 . 17 7 3 26 25 18 14 3
Time 0-1 17-18 6-7 20-21 14-15 4-5 3-4 2-3 3-4 2-3 14-15 15-16
Year 1962 1962 1954 1962 1957 1953 1964 1962 1966 1964 1953 1965

111. Vengurla (1952-66)

mn 2.9 0 0.3 9.9 57.l 66.0 42.2 52.3 61.0 40.5 40.1 43.5
Date 4 15 18 20 12 15 7 2 3 5 2
Time 4-5 2-3 18-19 4-5 15-16 18-19 23-24 6-7 2-3 19-20 20-21
'{ear 1965 1954 1952 1955 1960 1953 1958 1966 1964 1962 1962
IRC:SP: 13-2004

Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec.

112. Veraval ( 1952-66)

mn 10.2 5.9 0 0.3 1.8 50.3 121.5 64.4 48.0 55.0 3.2 8.0
Date 31 4 14 11 18 2 26 12 13 25 4
Time 19-20 13-14 - 7-8 10-1 I 18-19 11-12 4-5 14-15 19-20 8-9 12-13
Year 1961 1961 1956 1966 1962 1960 1961 1958 1959 1963 1962

113. Visakhapatnam (1951-66)

mn 40.0 40.6 16.0 45.5 27.4 63.0 48.5 56.7 52.0 47.0 45.2 30.0
Date 3 7 30 18 7 16 20 2A 19 18 21 7
Time 4-5 9-10 15-16 22-23 6-7 5-6 20-21 4-5 2-3 14-15 19-20 21-22
Year 1966 1961 1957 1963 1955 1960 1951 1965 1959 1961 1966 1960

~f
t
f

'
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
104
I
I
 IRC:SP: 13-2004

Appendix-B

FILLING BEHIND ABUTMENTS, WING AND RETURN WALLS

1. FILLING MATERIALS

The type of materials to be used for filling behind abutments and other earth retaining
structures, should be selected with care. A general guide to the selection of soils is given in
Table 1.

TABLE 1. GENERAL GUIDE TO THE SELECTION OF SOILS ON BASIS OF ANTICIPATED EMBANKMENT PERFORMANCE

Soil group according to Visual Max. dry Optimum Anticipated

IS: 1498-1970 description density, moisture embankment
ra~ content performance
Most probable Possible (k 3) range
(per cent)

GW,GP,GM, Granular 1850-2280 7-15 Good to Excellent

SW, HP materials

SB, SM, GM, Granular 1760-2160 9-18 Fair to Excellent

GC. SM, SC materials
with soil

SP Sand 1760-1850 19-25 Fair to Good

ML, MH, DL CL, SM, Sandy Silts 1760-2080 10-20 Fair to Good
SB, SC & Silts

2. LAYING AND COMPACTION

2.1. Laying of Filter Media for Drainage

The filter materials shall be well packed to a thickness of not less than 600 mm with smaller
size towards the soil and bigger size towards the waii and provided over the entire surface behind
abutment, wings or return walls to the full height.

Filter materials need not be provided in case the abutment is of spill through type.

2.2. Density of Compaction

Densities to be aimed at in compaction shall be chosen with due regard to factors, such
as. the soil type, height of embankment, drainage conditions, position of the individual layers and
type of plant avaiiable for compaction.

Each compactea'Tayer shall be tested in the field for density and accepted before the
operations for next layer are begun.

105
IRC:SP: 13-2004

f------EXTENT OF FILL----i

I
II
(
APPROACH
EMBANKMENT .l

WEEP HOLES
------.-- SHOWN AT
1m c/c

Fig. I

3. EXTENT OF BACKFILL

The extent of backfill to be provided behind the abutment should be as illustrated in

Fig. I.

4. PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN DURING CONSTRUCTION

4.1. The sequence of filling behind abutments, wing walls and return walls shall be so
controlled that the assumptions made in the design are fulfilled and they should clearly be indicated
in the relevant drawings. For example, if the earth pressure in front of the abutment is assumed
in the design, the front filling shall also be done simultaneously alongwith the filling behind abutment,
layer by, and in case the filling behind abutment before placing the superstructure is considered
not desirable, the filling behind abutment should also be deferred to a later date. In case of tie
beams and friction slabs, special care shall be taken in compacting the layer underneath and above
them so that no damage is done to them by m~chanical equipment.

4.2. Special precautions should be taken to prevent any wedging action against struc-
tures, and the slopes bounding the excavation for the structure shall be stepped or strutted to prevent
such wedging action.

4.3. Adequate number of weep holes not exceeding one metre spacing in both directions
should be provided to prevent any accumulation of water and building up of hydrostatic pressure
behind the walls. The weep holes should be provided above the low water level.

106
 PLATE-1

1000CJ d
- ' I
' ., ' , ' l ,
\
1
I \
MAX. VALUES OF P
800CI I
'\
\ \ \ \ \ .,
l \ I I 1
SJEEP BARE ROCK. CITY PAVEMENT 0.80
8000 \
11
\
I . . \ \
I I ROCK STEEP Bl.IT WOODED 0.80
5000 \
. .
\
\
1
1 1
\ , 1
,. ,.
1
I
\ 1
'. \
1
PLATEAUS LIGHT1.Y COVERED 0,70
4000 1 CI...AYEY SOILS, STIFF I BARE 0.80
'
1 '
\
'
\
1
\1\1\ , '\ '\ -DO- UGHTI..}'. COVERED
3000 0.50

2000 \
l

\
\
\ ' '\'\' \ '' LOAM LIGHTI.Y gQVERED OR CULTIVATED
_ -DO- LARGELY CULTIVATED
0.40

.
\ \ l 0,30
\ \ ' ' \ \ \, SANDY: SOIL UGKT GROWTH

' '
\
\
\ 0.20
.,,. \ SANDY SOIL COVERED, HEAVY BRUSH
Ii. ·t ...
C' ':..C:
-.,, 1
0.10

' 1•'!
-'
a, 1~ i.,, ~
; ·~
~
1000 I \ I\ \ , 1 1, 1000
m 800
::E 600
\
\
\ .•
l

\ 11
I

' '\' ' ~

I..\ \ \

' 1
'\
.
I\
\
\ . .
' 1

I
\ 800
t300
-
z 500
~ 400
1

I\
'
1

I\
'1 \
I\
I
' '' 1 'I 'I
1 I
1 :1 500
400
'. '
\ \ \\\ \ I\
I\ 1
'\ I \ 1 1
..J 300 I\ \ \ 1
300
·' \ \\\
~
\

200 \ ,\\ .\ \
''
\
200
\
' \\\ \\
1

t1..-~ in 100 ' ''\

'
'' ' '' ' '
'\\ \\ '
\
\ \ \ '' \
~
I
\

\ \
\
~
l '100
80 \
\ I 1 I
' 80
l
\ \ '\\
80
50
1
'. ' \
1
\
'.... '-
\
I
\
I I
I '-
\.
1
I
1 60
50
1--~ so 40
\
I
1

\. ' \

'
\ \.
1 '-
\. \
I
\\
' 1 1 ,,l 1
40
1
\
I
'\ \.

' \'
11 \ 1
:\I\
icated 30 '1 30
",~
1 1
I\ \ \ \
L, • .ied

'
1
\ \
s--o:nt, 20 \
\ ' 1
'' ' 20
dered
;_.. tie
10
'.I \
c~ '»,
.
\
..,, 'i ,'i \ \ l

~111 I~ 1r
I'-
I\\

11
.. I(

11
.i
10
IL.'1Ve
'\ \ '\ \ ' 1
' 8
' .
\
\ ' \ 1
l
1
I\

6
,true-
11
'' I
l '' 5
'\ ' 1

~. ent
' '\ \ ' '\ 1 \
I
I\ 1, \ 4
'
:, \\ 1
3
I
11
'I\ I\
\
1

\
' ' ' \
\

~I> " 1
2
:ssure 1
' ' ' \~

' '. ~ ' I\ \

I

IOCO CIO 0
00 c;....:
\
0. 0. 0.0.0. 0. 0
N C')
\

"'lf'IOCI> CIO -
- 1.
CONCENTRATION TIME le IN HOURS ~

·Chart for Time of Concentration

 PLATE-2

q cu.m/sec.
:E 115.0 TABLE
0
1ag.o.0 M,AX. VALUES OF P
w ~~~~--+----+---+---+-----l STEEP BARE ROCK. CllY PAVEMENTS 0.90
85.0
z 75.0 ROCK STEEP BUT WOODED 0.80
0 1 - - - - - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - - - - l - - - - + - - - - - l - - - - - 1 PLATEAUS LIGHTLY COVERED 0.70
LL 65.0 CLAYEY SOIL.S STIFF & BARE o.eo
-- 1:8
0
..9
...I
55.0

40.0
1-----+-~~~~~~----+---1--------l
-DO- LIG~m.Y COVERED
LOAM LIGHli.Y CULTIVATED OR COVERED
-DO- LARGELY CULTIVATED
0.50
0.40
0.30
SANDY SOIL. LIGHT GROWTH 0.20
~z
1------+----1-~~~~~-3-J-----J
35.0 SANDY SOIL COVERED. HEAVY BRUSH 0.10
30.0
~ 25.0
a::
::::) 20.0
0
:I: 16.0
w 14.0 '----+--1----+------+--+--~~~~~~""-----j 0.1 ~
z 0.2 W
0B 12.0 0.3 ~
a::
0
LL
10.0
9.0
----- ---
0.4 w
0.5 0..
1 w
~--'-~-L-_J_~-----"------'--L----'-.__._---'-,~~--2 0..

! 8.0 0.2
RUN-OFF CHART
7.0
6.0
FOR : g
SMALL CATCHMENTS ,__________ 10
20
en
::::, 0.1
5.0 p EXAMPLE:- .
0 DATA, AREA 1000 HECTARES SLOPE OF MAIN

-
-z
~
LL
LL
4.0

3.0
STREAM 10% SOIL IS LOAM LARGELY CULTIVATED I.a.
P=0.3 VIDE INSET TABLE ; ONE HOUR RAINFALL lo=
2.5 cm. FIND Q.
ENTER AT AR!A = 1000 HECTARES; MOVE,
0 ,VERTICALLY TO INTERSECT S-10% LINE; MOVE,
z::) HORIZONTAU.Y TO INTERSECT 00 LINE; JOIN WITH
2.0 P=0.3 AND EXTEND TO SCALE. READ 10.2cu.m/88C.
a:: Q=qxlo=10.2 X 2.5 = 22.5 CU.m/aec.

1.2
q cu.m/sec. - - ~ ~ S?l g ~ ~9! -"
g 8N
0
8 O O c5 0 C CO 8 8-"
AREA OF CATCHMENT IN HECTARES .,.

Run-off Chart for Small Catchments

j
(J
1 PLATE-3

.----~ SLOPE 'S' LINES ~--""""7

••c
~
~
C)
::,
a::
u.
0
1-
z
w
0
i!
LL

8
4

VELOCITY CURVES
v=iR\s~2
EXAMPLE GIVEN R = 5.2m; n = 0.025; s = 0.0045
IND VELOCITY.
~~~.,)L.+~~~~Vr~~"-7'4--11---+---11--i--t--t--t----t-i---+----t--+--t------t--,,,.'----::;;,F----v--,---p- NTEJ1:me oHm AT ·s~2m; MOve vERTICALLY
UPTO INTERSECT n-~ 0,025 CURVE; MOVE
l-.,L...£~.,,r..--,,L.:..i.,£,.£.,~'-A--,,c..+--,,<~~r:..+-,IL--f--+-f-----+----,f---+---t--t----t---+--+--+---t---+--t----t--7---:,,f'-----+----t----i HORIZONTJ\LLY TO INTERSECT s = 0.0045CURVE;
MOVE VER.nCAL.LY DOWN TO VELOCITY SCALE
AND READ V= 8.04 mis.
0.665 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.09.010.0 12.0 i4.0 16.0 20.0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20

VELOCITY (M PER SEC) HYDRAULIC MEAN DEPTH R (METRES)

 -¾h~ '_ -"' :, a ' "1, • • "' ., - • "c,.. " •~ - ·'-•:·• - -- • - • : •, -

, j~'f#;_~'.o;,;,/):__· \·_,.,_ ·-~ - . : .

PLATE-4

Representative disturbed samples of bed materials shall be taken at every change of strata upto
the maximum anticipated scour depth. The sampling should start from 300 mm below the existing
bed. About 500 gms of each of the representative samples so collected shall be sieved by a set of
standard sieves and the weight of soil retained in each sieve is taken. The results thereof are then
tabulated. A typical test result is shown below (Table A & B).

TABLE A
Sieve Designation Sieve Opening Weight of Soil Per cent
(mm) retained (gm) retained

5.60mm 5.60 0 0
4.00mm 4.00 0 0
2.80mm 2.80 16.90 4.03
1.00mm 1.00 76.50 18.24
425 micron 0.425 79.20 18.88
180micron 0.180 150.40 35.86
75 micron 0.75 41.00 9.78
Pan- 55.40 13.21
Total: 419.40

TABLE B
Sieve No. Average size Percentage of Column (2) x
(mm) weight retained column (3)
ll) l.l) l-' J l-"J Gf
4.03 13.70. ~
4.00 to 2.80 mm 3.40
2.80 to 1.00 mm 1.90 18.24 34.66
1.00 to 425 micron 0.712 18.88 13.44

425 to 180 micron 0.302 35.86 10.83

180 to 75 micron 0.127 9.78 1.24

75 micron and below 0.0375 13.21 0.495

74.365
TYPICAL METHOD OF DETERMINATION OF WEIGHTED
74.365 MEAN DIAMETER OF PARTICLES {dm)
Weighted mean diameter C\n - ------------
100
= 0.74365 Say 0.74
i --,
1'
PLATE-5

,,

*
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS FOR ABUTMENT
Elllalh'8 em ..uJm
Span 3111, 2m, Um Ind 1m Umn14m
H 2.0m 2.5m J.Om 3.5m 4.0m 1.5m 2.0m 2.5m J.Om 3.5m 4.0m 1.5m 2.0m 2.5m J.0m J.Sm 4.0m
b1 0.2 0.25 0.J 0.35 0.4 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.J 0.35 0.4 0.15 I 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4
bz 0.6 0.85 1.0 1.2 1.4 0.5 0;7 0.95 1.1 1.25 1.4 0.5 0.7 0.95 1.1 1.25 1.4
bJ 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
b4 - 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.5 - - 0.1 0.2 0.J 0.5 - - o. 1 0.2 0.3 0.5
81 2.1 2.4 2.6 2.85 3.1 1.45 1.7 2.0 2.20 2.4 2.6 1.95 2.2 2.5 2.7 2.9 3.1
LOWEST BED LEVEL E½ 3.3 3.8 4.2 4.85 5.J 2.65 2.9 3.4 3.8 4.2 4.8 3.15 3.4 J.9 4.3 4.7 5.J
m-1//1\\\~ ,w//4'\,\\\.~

b
TABLE OF DIMENSIONS FOR WING WALL (HIGH END)
SPAN UPTO 2 METRES 3METRES 4METRES 5METRES &METRES
H 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 J.50 4.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 2.00 2.50 J.00 3.50 4.00 2.00 2.50 3.00 J.50 4.00
b1 0.18 0.23 0.28 O.JJ 0.38 0.43 0.19 0.24 0.29 0.34 0.39 0.44 0.19 0.24 0.29 0.34 0..39 0.44 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45
b2 0.45 0.57 0.70 0.82 0.95 1.07 0.46 0.59 0.71 0.84 0.96 1.09 0.48 0.60 0.73 0.85 0.98 1.10 0.62 0.75 o.e7 1.00 1.13 0.63 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.13
e, 1.13 1.30 1.48 1.85 1.83 2.00 1.15 1.33 1.50 1.68 1.85 2.03 1.17 1.34 1.52 1.69 1.87 2.04 1.37 1.55 1.72 1.90 2.08 1.38 1.55 1.73 1.90 2.08
Bz 1.93 2.10 2.28 2.45 2.65 2.80 1.95 2.13 2.30 2.48 2.65 2.83 1.97 2.14 2.32 2.49 2.67 2.84 2.17 2.35 2.52 2.70 2.88 2.18 2.35 2.53 2.70 2.88
SECTION OF ABUTMENT
NOTES:-
·10.51 · 1. ABUTMENT AND WING WAI.L SECTIONS ARE APPLICABLE FOR A
. 10.51. MINIMUM BEARING CAPACtTY OF THE SOIL OF 16.5 t /m 2. FOR SOIL
HAVING LOWER BEARING CAPACITY THE SECTIONS SHOULD BE
Cl)
Cl)
w
INCREASED SUITASLY.
z ~
~
GROUND -c:VEL 2. ABUTMENT AND WING WALL SECTION FOR INTERMEDIATE
~ 8 HEIGHTS TO BE ADOPTED SUITABLY.
GROUND LEVEL
#///#\'\\\~ #'//l/A\.~~
~

~
Cl)
<.,
z

I
#///#\'\,\\~ #/Ill/\~~
Cl0
d
-
~
3. THE VARIOUS DIMENSIONS TO Be SUITABLY ADJUSTED TO SUIT
THE SIZE OF BRICKS WHERE NECESSARY.
+
:x: + 4. THE SECTIONS ARE APPLICABLE FOR CULVERTS DESIGNED FOR
IRC CLASS 70R OR 2 LANES OF CLASS A LOADING, WHICHEVER IS MORE
'Ill: SEVERE, WITHOU7 PROVISION OF APPROACH SLABS.
0 0. .2
ci 5. THESE SECTIONS ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO SEISMIC ZONE IV AND V.
'Ill:
0
'Ill: 8. THE SECTIONS SHALL BE IN CEMENT CONCRETE M 15, BRICK
0
~
I
I. B2 .I I. 1.65 I
•I
MASONRY IN CEMENT MORTAR 1:3 OR COURSED RUBBLE MASONRY
(llnd SORT) IN CEMENT MORTAR 1:3. THE FOUNDATION CONCRETE
SHALL BE IN CEMENT CONCRETE M 15.
~-
)

WING WALL SECTION

WING WALL SECTION
AT LOW END
AT HIGH END (FOR ALL SPANS)

ABUTMENT AND WING WALL SECTIONS FOR CULVERTS

 PLATE-6

u
l.

TCP OF 8PANDREL
2
BEFORE KERB 18 CAST

I
CROSS SECTION AT THE CROW~_ OF_AR(;~
SECTIONAL ELEVATION
GENERAL NOTES -~

TABLE 1. SPECIFICATIONS :-• I.RC. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND CODE OF PRACTICE FOR ROAD BRIDGES SECTION I, II AND IV.
2; DESIGN LIVE LOAD :- I.RC. CLASS A LOADING TWO LANES OR CLASS 70-R' LOADING ONE LANE.
EFFECTIVE SPAN (L) METRES 8 9
3. MATERIAL :- THE MASONRY OF THE ARCH RING MAY CONSIST OF EITHER CONCRETE BLOCKS (M 15) A
. -~
CLEARSPAN(S)METRES 5.572 8.512 OR DRESSED STONES OR BRICKS IN (1 :3) CEMENT MORTAR. THE CRUSHING STRENGTH OF
CONCRETE, STONE OR BRICK UNITS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 105 Kglan 2. WHERE STONE
MASONRY IS ADOPTED FOR THE ARCH RING, IT SHALL BE EITHER COURSED RUBBLE
RISE (r) MILLIMETRES 1500 2250 MASONRY OR ASHLAR MASONRY.

RADIUS OF CENTRE LINE(R) (MILLIMETRES) 3750 5625

4. DESIGN STRESSES :- PERMISSIBLE TENSILE STRESS =1 AS SPECIFIED IN I.R.C. BRIDGE CODE
(MASONRY OF ARCH FUNG) PERMISSIBLE COMPRESSIVE STRESS SECTION rv (2002).
CUSHION ABOVE CROWN (C) (MILLIMETRES) 810 780 5. RAILINGS :- M PER DETAILS APPROVED.

NOTES:
ARCH THICKNESS (T) (MILLIMETRES) 1. THIS DRAWING IS NOT APPLICABLE TO BRIDGES LOCATED IN SEISMIC ZONES IV AND V.
(UNIFORM SECTION FROM SPRINGING 535 810
2. THE RATIO OF RISE TO SPAN OF THE CENTRAL. LINE OF ARCH RING SHALL BE 1/4.
TO CROWN) 3. SPECIFICATION FOR ROAD CRUST OVER THE ARCH BRIDGESS MAY BE SAME NJ THAT ADOPTED
FOR THE ADJACENT STRETCHES OF ROAD.
DEPTH OF HAUNCH FILLING AT PIER & ABUTMENT 1018 1430 4. THE DIMENSIONS AND THE DIAMETRES OF REINFORCEMENT BARS ARE INDICATED IN MILLIMETRES
i D= iT (MILLIMETRES) EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN OTHERWISE.
~- FIGURED DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TAKEN INSTEAD OF SCALED DIMENSIONS.

DETAILS OF SEGMENTAL MASONRY ARCH

BRIDGES WITHOUT FOOTPATHS
EFFECTIVE SPAN 6m & 9m
\ J
LATE-6
(;
-
PLATE 7
L
)
(A) GENERAL bitumen shall be laid at 375°F with broom
over prime coat.
kg/cu.m and 0.45 respectively for 'MODERATE'
conditions of exposure. The minimum cement content
II. Not more than 50 per cent of reinforcement shall
be lapped at any one location.
I
I. These notes are appli_cable for the Standard Drawings and maximum water cement ratio in the concrete design
(b) 50 mm thick asphaltic concrete wearing coat mix shall be 400 kg/cu.n1 and 0.40 respectively for
for R.C.C. solid slab superstructure with and without 6. Bending ofreinforcement bars shall be.as per IS:2502.
footpaths. in two layers of25 mm each as per Clause 512 'SEVERE' conditions of exposure.
of MoRT&H's Specifications for Road and 7. Supporting chairs of 12 mm diameter shall be provided
2. These drawings are applicable only for right bridges B;idge Works (Second Revision, 1988) Reinforcement at suitable interv.als as per IS:2502.
with overall width of 12 m.
II. In case of isolated bridge construction or bridges All reinforcing bars shall be High Yield Strength 8. Concrete shall be produced in a mechanical mixer of
3. No raised footpaths shall be provided on the bridges located in remote areas where provision of mastic Deformed bars (Grade designation S 415)conforming capacity not less than 200 litres having integral weight-
having length less than 30 m unless the· same are and asphaltic concrete wearing coat is not to IS: 1786. batching facility and automatic water measuring and
otherwise existing on the approaches. practicable, the Engineer-in-charge may permit dispensing device.
Water
provision of75 mm thick cement concrete wearing
4. All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise coat in M 30 grade concrete with maximum water Water to be used in concreting and curing shall conform 9. Proper compaction of concrete shall be ensured by use
mentioned. Only written dimensions are to be followed. cement ratio as 0.40. The reinforcement shall consist to Clause 302.4 of IRC:21-1987. of full width screed vibrators for concrete in deck slab.
No drawing shall be scaled. of 8 mm High Yield Strength Deformed bars @200
10. Properly braced steel plates shall be used as shuttering.
mm centres reducing to I 00 centres in both the (C) WORKMANSHIP/DETAILING
5. Design criteria:
directions over a strip of300 mm near the expansion 11. Sharp edges of concrete shall be chamfered.
I. The design is according to the following codes:
I. Minimum clear cover to any reinforcement including
joint. Reinforcement shall be placed at the centre
stirrups shall be 50 mm unless shown otherwise in the
of the wearing coat. Wearing coat shall be
drawings.
(D) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
(a) IRC:5-1985
discontinued at expansion joint locations. Joint
The work shall be executed in accordance with
(b) I RC:6-1966 (1985 reprint) fillers shall extend upto the top of wearing coat. 2. For ensuring proper cover of concrete to reinforcement
MoRT&H's Specification for Road and Bridge Works
:~RCH (c) IRC:21-1987. 8. 20 mm expansion joint does not cater for any allowance
bars specially made polymer cover. blocks shall only be
(Fourth Revision, 200 I) except wherever otherwise
used.
for possible tilting of abutment. mentioned.
I I. The following loads have been considered in the
3. Construction Joints
design: 9. Support for the deck slab shall provide a bearing width (E) For details refer MORT&H's Standard Drawings
N iV. (a) One lane of !RC class 70R or two lanes of of 40 mm. I. The location and provision of construction joints as listed below:
IRC class A on carriageway, whichever governs. shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge. The
10. In urban areas, chequered tiles may be provided in the concreting operation shall be carried out Drawing No. Title
(b) Footpath load of5 kN/sq."m for superstructure footpath portion by suitably adjusting the thickness of continuously upto the construction joint.
having footpaths. the footpath slab.
11. The concrete surface at the joint shall be brushed
(c) Wearing coat load of 2 kN/sq.m. 11. Type/position of return walls, railings, guard posts, with a stiff brush after casting while the concrete SD/102 General Arrangement
ramp etc. in approach portion shall be decided by the is still fresh and it has only slightly hardened.
111. The designs are applicable for 'MOD ERA TE AND Engineer-in-charge. SD/103 & SD/104 Miscellaneous Details
SEVERE' conditions of exposure. I II. Before new concrete is poured the surface of old SD/I 05 Details of R.C.C. Railings
(B) MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS concrete shall be prepared as under:
6. Public utility services (except water supply and (without footpaths)
sewerage), if required, shall be carried over the bridge a) For hardened concrete, the surface shall be
through 150 mm diameter ducts provided in the
Concrete SD/106 Details of R.C.C. Railings (with
thoroughly cleaned to remove debris/laitance
footpaths. Total load 6f such services shall not be foot-paths)
I. Concrete shall be of design mix and shall have minimum and made rough so that 1/4 of the size of the
more than 1.0 kN per metr~ on each footpath. Water/ 28 days characteristic strength on 150 mm cubes for aggregate or structurally damaging the concrete. SD/I 07 through R.C.C. solid slab
sewerage pipeline shall not be carried over any part of all elements of superstructure as indicated below: SD/114 superstructure (right)
b) For partially hardened concrete, the surface
the superstructure. Inspection chambers in footpaths
shall be treated by wire brush followed by an
may be provided as shown in the drawing. The location Conditions Concrete Characteristic Spans 3 m to IO m
air jet.
and spacing of chambers along the footpath will be of exposure grade Strength (without footpaths)
decided by the Engineer-in-charge in consultation with 'MODERATE' M 25 25 MPa (for 3 m to 9 m c) The old surface shall be soaked with water
SD/I 15 through R.C.C. solid slab
the users. span) without leaving puddles immediately before
SD/122 superstructure (right)
'MODERATE' M 30
starting concreting to prevent the absorption
7. Wearing coat shall consist of the following: 30 MPa (for 10 m span) ·Spans 3 m to 10 m
of water from new concrete.
'SEVERE' M 30 30 MPa (for 3 m to (with footpaths)
I. (a) A coat of mastic asphalt 6 mm thick with a
10 m span) IV. New concrete shall be thoroughly compacted in
prime coat over the top of the deck before the
the region of the Joint. R.C.C. SOLID SLAB
wearing coat is laid. The prime coat of mastic
2. High strength ordinary portland cement conforming to SUPERSTRUCTURE (RIGHT)
asphalt shall be 30 per cent straight run 30/ 4. Welding of reinforcement bars shall not be permitted.
IS:8112 or ordinary portland cement conforming to EFFECTIVE SP AN
40 penetration grade bitumen and 50 per cent
IS:269 capable of achieving the required design concrete 5. Laps in reinforcement: 3.0 m TO 10.0 m
light solvent (Benzol) to be laid over the deck
strength shall only be used.
slab. The insulating layer of 6.mm thick mastic (WITH AND WITHOUT FOOTPATHS)
I. Minimum lap length ofreinforcement shall be kept
asphalt with 75 per cent lime stone dust filler 3. The minimum cement content and maximum water GENERAL NOTES
as 83 d where 'd' is the diameter of bar.
and 25 per cent of 30/40 penetration grade cement ratio in the concrete design mix shall be 3 I 0
 PLATE-8
f CARRIAGEWAY

r
PIII OF ROl,D KERI I RAl.lN&S J750 51,50 (A) ~

O !XPANSKII JCNNT

i
56 THICK ASPHlL TK WE.ARIN&. COAT l. Ii
IR£FER NOTE NO(A)7,0A6 NO.S0/1011 FER DRii. NO. SD/1031
DIC11 LIVEL T1ICI(ASP,:.ILTC WEARII&
R.C. C. RAILINGS ITYP.I) CDAT(REFER NOTE NOlA) 7 IAIUN6S I TYP. I
APPROACH SLAB <---""'--l
OR6. NO. S0/101)
ROAD LIV!L
2-5%-
R. (. C. DECK SLAI D1 SERVICE DUCTS 2. 1i
UVIUIIII COURSE 1 - - - - , (REFER NOTE ND.laM Dt \\
IO THICK "15 DIRT WALL
PLATE NO. 6
ABUTMUIT
DRAINA&E SPOUT.REFER DR&. tO.SDnOJ)
3. >-
EFFECTIVE SPAN .I.

*(FOR D1 & D2 REFER PLATE 6000 d

6000
NO. 8)
OVERALL SPAN
W 1TH FOOTPATHS WITHOUT FOOTPATHS
4.
11
SECTION B- B
"·
SECTION. A - A 5. ,--.. !
I ROAD KERB & RAILINGS NOT SHOWN.I CARltlA6£WAY
3750 S4S9
GUARD RAILS/&UARD S T O N E S ; ~ ROAD
AS PER snE CONDITIONS / R.C.C.RAIUNGS ITYP) TOP OF lllff WALL TO 56THICK ASPHAl.ffW£ARIN6
COINCIDE WITH TOP OF COAT ( REFER tlifE lll(A)7

gJ
. !
.... . ---
FOOTPATH. . DRfi. NO. SD/~

J---
i ,. •"-·
:NPAVED SHOULDER

~AVED SHOULDER
11!!1:ff"
1
I
'DRAINAGE SPOUT ITYP.I
:!=I
I
...f
:c

g
Dh(l
-JOINT SULIN& (Cit
l
WALL ,--J
OUND
APPltOACH SUB

l ►
C
)I
I
I
I
...a
II.
WITH FOOTPATHS WITHOUT FOOT PATHS
►
◄
JI ........a..;.b::..:PANSION JOINT ...i
:c
SECTION.C-C
Ill

1 ... C: L, I
I z
_,
C

~
i
...,.,.____
◄

i
I. I
Iii
0
0
0
~
.
,~

I
►
g
0
~
I
I
I
I ~
- - - - -I - - . ----+--..:::+-
I
~
A.

~
I
I
I
C
]I
Ill
I
I
...f:c
I
..,, .-
0
o ◄
ID I
I
8

-
I
a: I IL

·..__: --~rn_: :~:i"""'T_-_-l+111""'"'.....,..,...,.....H;_______+-----+___;-.....1,1114w..-+--------l..

~
I
I
I
e
JI
6.

~ ~~0t: ==--~
a
T T R II p ~=-=-a.. . ..:.,_._, ·. !T I • :.:-.--..:..::=.·--=:a C
E
11[1''" :=-~---~--~·-;--=*'.~="-'=:-t=:.=-:--=..=,-::~=-
'· ·.~ ·
1 I I ~
... " " :c
I
I

- SERVICE DUCTS (REFER NOTE NO. (A) 6

(PLATE NO. 6)
3500 DECK SLAB
-APPROACH SLAB
NOTES. 7.

PLAN. 1. All dimensions are In mllllmetres unless R.C.C. SOLID SLAB

otherwise mentioned. Only written dimensions
are to be followed. SUPERSTRUCTURE (RIGHT)
2. Typlcal arrangemer~ of drainage spouts has EFFECTIVE SPAN
been shown In plan. Suitable modifications
may be made by the Engineer-In-charge as
3.0 m to 10.0 m
per site conditions and Intensity of rainfall (WITH AND WITHOUT FOOTPAHTS)

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
,r----.,
H . . ATE-8
, PLATE-9

. I TYP.I

Type Effective Depth of Slab Concrete Steel Asphaltic Type Effective Depth of Slab Concrete Steel Asphaltic
Span Dl D2 (ml) (kg; wrearing Span Dl D2 (ml) (kg). wrearing
(m) (mm) (mm) coat(m 2) (m) (mm) Cmm) coat(m2)

i
Without
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
450
500
5(,()
fOO
300
350
400
450
16.42
23.89
32.57
42.43
835
1296
2061
2825
37.06
47.%
58.86
69.76
i
With
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
450
500
550
fOO
300
350
400
450
20.44
29.()1)
38.95
917
1391
2170
25.50
33.00
40.50
50.00 2955 48.00
Foot 7.0 650 500 53.51 3657 80.66 Foot 7.0 650 500 6225 3794 55.50
Paths 8.0 750 fOO 70.81 4Tn 91.56 Paths 8.0 750 fOO 80.74 4823 63.00

J 9.0
10.0
820
900
670
750
87.14
106.40
fiJ76
7047
102.46
11336 J 9.0
10.0
820
900
670
750
9826
118.70
6166
7124
70.50
78.00

Note:
1. Quantity ofsteel includes 5 per cent extra for laps and wastage
2. Quantities pertaining to approach slab and railings not included.

R.C.C. Solid Slab Superstructure (Right)

Effective Span 3.0 m to 10.0 m
·::-AHTS)
(With and Without Footpaths)
;\iiENT Depth of Slab and Quantities
Per Span
 PLATE-IO

Reinforcement 6. Bending of reinforcement bars shall be as per IS:2502.

(A) GENERAL 40 penetration grade bitumen shall be laid
at 375°F with broom over prime coat. All reinforcement bars shall be High Yield Strength 7. Supporting chairs of 12 mm diameter shall be provided
1. These notes are applicable for the Standard Drawings (b) 50 mm thick Bituminous Concrete wearing Deformed bars (Grade designation S 415) conforming at suitable intervals as per IS:2502.
for R.C.C. solid slab superstructure with and without coat in two layers of 25 mm each as per to IS: I 786.
8. Concrete shall be produced in a mechanical mixer of
footpaths. Clause 509 of MoRT&H's Specifications
Water capacity not less than 200 litres having integral weigh.
for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth Revision
2. These drawings are applicable only for skew bridges batching facility and automatic water measuring ;nd
2001) Water to be used in concreting and curing shall conform
with overall right width of 12 m. dispensing device.
to Clause 302.4 of IRC:21-1987.
II. In case of isolated bridge construction or bridges
3. No raised footpaths shall be provided on the bridges 9. Proper compaction of concrete shall be ensured by use
located in remote areas where provision of mastic (C) WORKMANSHIP/DETAILING
having length less than 30 m measured along skew of full width screed vibrators for concrete in deck slab.
and asphaltic concrete wearing coat is not
direction unless the same are otherwise existing on the I. Minimum clear cover to any reinforcement including
practicable, the Engineer-in-charge may permit 10. Properly braced steel plates shall be used as shuttering.
approaches. provision of 75 mm thick reinforced cement stirrups shall be 50 mm unless shown otherwise in the
concrete wearing coat in M30 grade concrete with drawings. 11. Sharp edges of concrete shall be chamfered.
4. All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwis~
mentioned. Only written dimensions are to be followed. maximum water cement ratio as 0.40. The
2. For ensuring proper cover of concrete to reinforcement
No drawing shall be scaled. reinforcement shall consist of 8 mm High Yield (D) GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
bars specially made polymer cover blocks shall only be
Strength Deformed bars @200 mm centres.
used. The work shall be executed in accordance with
5. Design criteria: However, in the 300 mm width adjacent to
expansion joint the reinforcement shall comprise Mo RT &H's Specifications for Road and Bridge Works
I. The design is according to the following codes: 3. Construction joints (Fourth Revision, 2001) except wherever otherwise
8 mm dia HYSD bars spaced at 100 mm centre-
to-centre in both directions. I. The location and provision of construction joints mentioned.
(a) IRC:5-1985
shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The
(E) For details refer Mo RT &H's Standard Dr:iwings as I isted
(b) IRC:6-1966 (1985 reprint) 8. Wearing coat shall be discontinued at expansion joint concreting operation shall be carried out
below:
locations. Joint fillers shall extend upto the top of wearing continuously upto the construction joint.
(c) IRC:21-1987.
coat.- Title I'
11. The following loads have been considered in the II. The concrete surface at the joint shall be brushed Drawing No.
design: 9. Width of expansion joint has been kept 20 mm only
which does not cater for any allowance for possible
with a stiff brush after casting while the concrete
is still fresh and it has only slightly hardened. SD/152, SD/I 53 l General ,\rr;u1gcmc11t I
(a) One-lane of !RC class 70R or two lanes of
!RC class A on carriageway, whichever
I 0.
tilting of abutment.
Support for the deck slab shall provide a bearing width
111. Before new concrete is poured the surface of old
SD/154, SD/155 for various skew angles

Miscellanc('llS dc1,iil,
I
(b)
governs.
Footpath load ofS kN/sq.m forsuperstructuw
of 400 mm measured in a direction perpendicular to
support. a)
concrete shall be prepared as under:

For harc;lened concrete, the surface shall be

SD/156, SD/157
& SD/158 I
having footpaths. Details ot fZ.C.C:. Railings Witho1
In urban areas, chequered tiles may be provided in the thoroughly cleaned to remove debris/laitance and SD/159
11. Fo,
(c) Wearing coat load of 2 kN/sq.m. footpath portion by suitably adjusting the thickness of made rough so that 1/4 of the size of the aggregate (without footpaths)
is exposed but without dislodging the aggregate Paths
the footpath-slab.
III. The designs are applicable for 'MODERATE AND or structurally damaging the concrete. SD/160 Details of I~ C.C. Railings

l
SEVERE' conditions of exposure. 12. Type/position ofreturn walls, railings, guard posts, ramp (with fc,ot-p;iths)
etc. in approach portion shall be decided by the Engineer- b) For partially hardened concrete, the surface shall
6. Public utility services (except water supply and sewerage), in-charge. be treated by wire brush followed by an air jet. R.C.C. solid c:,ib
if required, shall be carried over the bridge through 150
SD/I 6 l-SD/164
SD/169-SD/172 Superstruct 11,c
mm diamete~ ducts provided in the footpaths. Total load c) The old surface shall be soaked with water without
(B) MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS SD/J 77-SD/180 (without foo:paths) for
of such services shall not be more than 1.0 kN per metre leaving puddles immediately before starting
on each footpath. Water/sewerage pipeline shall not be Concrete concreting to prevent the absorption of water from SD/1 85-SD/188 various skew dngles
carried over any part of the superstructure. Inspection new concrete.
Concrete shall be design mix shall have minimum 28

l
I. SD/J 65-SD/168 R.C.C solid ,IJh Note:
chambers in footpaths may be provided as shown in the days characteristic strength of30 MPa on 150 mm cubes IV. New concrete shall be thoroughly compacted in SD/173-SD/l 76 superstructure (with I. L.
Jrawing. The location and spacing of chambers along for all elements of superstructure for both 'SEVERE' the region of the joint. SD/181-SD/184 footpaths) for various
the footpath will be decided by the Engineer-in-charge and 'MODERATE' conditions of exposure. 2. Qu:
in consultation with the users. 4. Welding of reinforcement bars shall not be permitted. SD/I 89-SD/192 skew angles
2. Ordinary portland cement conforming to IS:269 or high
7. \\/earing coat shall consist of the following: strength ordinary portland cement conforming to IS:8112 5. Laps in reinforcement:
capable of achieving the required design concrete strength
I. ( a) A coat of mastic asphalt 6 mm thick with I. Minimum lap length of reinforcement shall be R.C.C. SOLID SLAB
shall only be used.
a prime coat over the top of the deck before kept as 83 d where 'd' is the diameter of bar. SUPERSTRUCTURE (SKEW)
the wearing coat is laid. The prime coat of 3. The minimum cement content and maxi1'num water cement
RIGHT EFFECTIVE SPAN
mastic asphalt shall be 30 per cent straight ratio in the concrete design mix shall be 310 kg/cu.m. II. Not more than 50 per cent of reinforcement shall
4.0 m TO 10.0 m
run 30/lO penetration grade bitumen and 50 and 0.45 respectively for 'MODERATE' conditions of be lapped at any one location.
exposure. The minimum cement content and maximum (WITH AND WITHOUT FOOTPATHS)
per cent light solvent (Benzol) to be laid
water cement ratio in the concrete design mix shall be Ill. For closely spaced bars lapping may be avoided
over th•~ deck slab. The insulating layer of GENERAL NOTES
400 kg/cu.m. and 0.40 respectively for 'SEVERE' by providing suitable type of mechanical splices.
6 mm thick mastic asphalt with 75 per cent
' lime stone dust filler and 25 per cent of 30/ conditions of exposure.

J
 )
l -PLATE~11
~1-TE-10
rcr IS:2502. 1'7S f' 2S J7SI

Lhe provided

, _,J mixer of
t_egral weigh-
ENO Of ROAD KERB & IAILINGS

S6 THICK ASPHA_LTIC VUAING COAT

(A£f£A IIOT£ ll>.IA17, 1116. NO. SD/151I lir- ·:r. 11M t A. C.C. AAll.,ING~ I TYi! I
DECK L£Y£L
56 Ttl(I( ASPIWJIC WfMlli
COAT I REFER IICl1I NO. IA 17
1116. NO. SD /1511

Z-5%_
R.C.C.IAILINGS ITYP. t

ROAD L£Y£L •
1 suring and HAVICE DUCTS
A. C. C. DECK SLAB 01 UIEF£R NOT£ NO.IAl6
' PLATE NO. 9 -
"'
....i="h---¾li-------......--------+-~
L£V£LLIN6 COURSE ~---✓ TAR PAPER BEARING
nsured by use ·eoTHICK " 15
PIER
deck slab. _"(FOR D1 I D2 REFER PLATE
EFFECTIVE SKEW SPAN 6000
NO. 11) 6000
~- shuttering-.
OVERALL SKEW SPAN WITH FOOTPATHS - WITHOUT FOOTPATHS

~:TIQ_~- B-Jl
SECTION A- A
_irdance with I ROAD KERB & RAILINGS NOT SHOWN)
i. ,dge Works Of CARRIAGEWAY
vcr otherwise 5450 50
~1-"-=---___:3750
S6 THICK ASPHALTIC WEARING
TOP OF DIRT WALL TO ~ 4- ROAD LEVEL COAT I REFER NOTE NO. (All .
· · 7gs as Iisted GUARD RAILS/GUARD STONES _ __ COINCIDE WITH TOP ~ 0 !Ri. NO. SD/151 I
AS PER SITE CONDITIONS Of FOOTPATH. ~
~
..L.:-=-- ~
........ _ !!
0
,.,
0

0
!2 / DIRT WALL
~
......
0
0 UNPAVED SHOULDER
8 JOINT SEALING
0 ....
·s
0
PAVED SHOULDER ~ s0 WITH FOOTPATHS WITHOUT FOOTPATHS
"' ...
3 ·?c
"'<
:z:
·!:: ...
:,:

;j
g... a:cc 3
"'ii
.c
SECTION C-C
z
o< C
. II!
......z
- u cc

Rail in~s ...., C

....
u
X: C
:z: 0 A
. ~ cio~~.;..._-+------------+--y----~-r--lJ_;__ - - - - - - - -
0
0
0
!::! !::!
~ c I "':z:.

:l
Railings < / ?c
o
cc /
I ...
:,: EXPANSION
JOINT
f...
"' 0

I
I o<
~
..
;;
cc
0
...
/ ___l8AINA6£ SPOUT C
u ...:z:
1 ~-~TYPI I;;] i
z
• i for
......_,
C

_,
C
:z:

lb L SEF!VICE DUCTS (REFER NOTE NO. (A) 6

(PLATE NO. 9)
3500

APPROACH SLAB DECK SLAB

NOTES:
PLAN R.C.C. SOLID SLAB
1. All dimensions are In mllllmetres unless
otherwise mentioned. Only written dimensions SUPERSTRUCTURE(SKEW)
are to be followed. RIGHT EFFECTIVE SPAN
R.C.C. DEC,C SLAB 2. Typical arrangement of drainage spouts has been
\.TBS) shown In plan. Suitable modifications may be 4.0; 6.0; 8.0; 10.0 m
made by the Engineer-In-charge as per site
conditions and Intensity of ralnfall (WITH AND WITHOUT FOOTPAHTS)

GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
SECTION 0- D
 ,.::-->,;-' :',-,,~---'.·:·· .,... ·•' - ' '" ., ·, - ···"· .,,~'.i···-··""•' .. , ✓-- . , , •• , -

~rf - -, -_
r~l-, · ~, ~

PLATE-12

wn

Type Skew Right Depth of Slab Concrete Steel Asphaltic Type Skew Right Depth of Slab Concrete Steel Asphaltic
Angle Effective D1 D2 (mJ) (kg) wearing Angle Effective D1 D2 (mJ) (kg) wearing
Span (mm) (mm) Coat Span (mm) (mm) Coat
(m) (m2) (m) (m2)

I I\
15° 4 525 375 26.10 1768 49.65 ,\ 15° 4 525 375 31.47 1846 34.16
15° 6 625 475 45.90 3956 7223 15° 6 625 475 53.73 3773 49.7
15° 8 775 625 75.920 7064 94.79 15° 8 775 625 86.17 7094 65.22
15° 10 925 775 113.40 8785 117.36 15° 10 925 775 126.07 8781 . 80.75
22.5° 4 525 375 27.33 1882 51.92 22.50 4 525 375 32.91 2003 35.72
22.50 6 625 475 48.06 3851 75.50 22.50 6 625 475 56.17 4030 51.95
22.5° 8 775 625 79.45 5867 99.10 22.5° 8 775 625 90.10 6108 68.19
Without 22.5° 10 925 775 118.6 9704 122.70 With 22.50 10 925 775 131.81 9983 84.43
Foot 300 4 525 375 29.12 2063 55.37 Foot 30° 4 525 375 35.10 2193 38.10
Paths 30° 6 625 475 51.22 3886 80.55 Paths 30° 6 625 475 59.92 4059 55.43
30° 8 775 625 84.69 6292 105.73 30° 8 775 625 %.12 6548 72.75
30° 10 925 775 126.47 10147 130.90 30° 10 925 775 140.61 10474 90.07
35° 4 525 375 30.82 2279 58.54 35° 4 525 375 37.10 2415 4028
35° 6 625 475 5421 4329 85.16 35° 6 625 475 63.35 4529 58.60
35° .8 775 625 89.61 7804 111.78 35° 8 · 775 625 101.61 8100 76.91
\/ 35° 10 925 775 133.78 11311 138.38 35° 10 925 775 148.63 11654 9521
\/

Note:
I. Quantity of steel includes 5 per cent extra for laps and wastage.
2. Quantities pertaining to approach slab and railings not individed.

R.C.C. Solid Slab Superstructure (Skew)

Right Effective Span

4.0;6.0;8.0; IO.Om
(With and Without Footpaths)

DEPTHOFSLABANDQUANTITIES
PERSPAN
 ) lJl

,-~) PLATE-13

i) corresponding information is provided in bar. hep.ding ( c) The old surface shall be soaked with water without
III. For Box Cell Structures with earth cushion, no
(A) GENERAL schedule. Bars configuration is shown as- leaving puddles immediately, before starting
wearing coat shall be provided.
, I. These notes are applicable for the Standard Drawings 7. Type/position of return walls, railings, guards, posts, ± TOR BAR concreting to prevent the absorption of water from
new concrete.
for R.C.C. Box Cell Structures with earth cushion (3 m, ramp, etc. in approach portion shall be decided by the 10 ~@ 200 c/c
4 m & Sm) and without earth cushions. For intermediate Engineer-in-charge. IV. New concrete shall be thoroughly compacted in the region
DIA Of BAR_j LsPACING OF BARS
heights immediately higher value of earth cushion can of the joint.
8. Lowest point in the proposed Box Cell plan area is
be taken for standard drgs.
assumed as Natural Ground level. 3. spacing given for all reinforcement is perpendicular to
3. Welding of reinforcement bars shall not be permitted.
2. These drawings are applicable for right crossings with bar unless otherwise shown on drawings.
9. Invert level of Top surface of Bottom Slab is assumed
overall width of 12 m for the roadway on top.
as Bed Level. 4. Laps in reinforcement:
3. All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise Earth Fill/Embankment
(B) MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS
mentioned. Only written dimensions are to be followed. I. Minimum lap length of reinforcement shall be
Backfilling material should confirm to CL 305.2 of MOST
No drawing shall be scaled. Concrete Specification and earth cushion embankment should be decided as per the reinforcement arrangement based
constructed in accordance to section 300 of MOST on the Clause-304.6.6 of IRC:21-1987.
4. Box cell designation i.e. Ne/ab/Ee stands for No. of 1. Concrete shall be design mix and shall have minimum
cells/Clear width-Clear height/Height of earth cushion. 28 days characteristic strength on 150 mm cubes for all Specification (Third Revision 1995)
II. Not more than SO per cent of reinforcement shall
elements of structure as indicated below.
S. Design criteria: be lapped at any one location.
Concrete Characteristic Water
I. The design is according to the following codes: Element ltfade Strength (MPa)
Moderate Severe Moderate Severe 1. Water to be used in concreting and curing shall be s. Bending of reinforcement bars shall be as per IS:2502.
(a) IRC:5-1985 condition condition condition co-ndition conforming to Clause 302.4 of IRC:21-1987.
of of of exposure 6. Supporting chairs of 12 mm diameter shall be provided
(b) IRC:6-1966 (1985 reprint) exposure exposure
exposure
Expansion Joint at suitable intervals as per IS:2502.
(c) IRC:21-1987 (1997 reprint) (a) Box Cell Structure M20 M25 20 25

!RC: 78-1985 (b) Win~ Walls M20 M20 20 20

(d)
l. The asphalt plug expansion joint shall be provided in 7. Concrete shall be produced in a mechanical mixer of
(c) Curtain Wall MIS M20 15 20
The following loads have been considered in the accordance with MOST Specification and shall be capacity not Jess than 200 Its. having integral weigh-
11.
(d) Levelling Course Ml5 MIS 15 I5
procured from manufacturers as approved by MOST. batching facility and automatic water measuring and
design:
dispensing device.
(a) One-lane of IRC class 70R or two lanes of 2. High strength ordinary Portland cement conforming to
class A on carriageway, whichever governs. IS:8112 or ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS:269 (C) Workmanship/Detailing
8. Proper compaction of concrete shall be ensured by use
capable of achiving the required design concrete strength of full width screed vibrators for concrete.
(b) Wearing coat load of 3 kN/sq.m. I. Minimum clear cover to any reinforcement including
shall only be used.
The designs are applicable for 'MODERATE' AND stirrups shall be 50 mm unless otherwise shown in the
111. 9. Properly braced steel plates shall be used as shuttering.
3. The minimum cement concrete and water cement ratio drawings.
'SEVERE' conditions of exposure.
in the concrete design mix shall be 310 kg per cu.m and
Wearing coat shall consist of the following for Box Cell 10. sharp edges of concrete shall be chamfered.
6. 0.45 respectively for 'MODERATE' conditions of 2. Construction Joints:
Structures without earth cushions. exposure. The minimum cement content and maximum
water cement ratio in the concrete design mix shall be 11. Filter media should be provided in accordance to Clause
A coat of mastic asphalt 12 mm thick with I. The location and provision of construction joints shall
I. (a) 400 kg/cu.m and 0.40 respectively for 'SEVERE' 2504.2.2 of MOST Specifications (Third Revision 1995).
a prime coat over the top of the deck is to be approved by Engineer-in-charge suggested location
be provided before the wearing coat is laid. conditions of exposure. of construction joints in the direction parallel to the
12. In presence of soil with aggressive soil condition, the
The total chloride contents and Sulfuric anhydride (S03) direction of water flow is shown in the General
(b) SO mm thick asphaltic concrete wearing coat 4. concrete faces in contact with earth shall be protected
of all concrete as a percentage of mass of cement in mix Arrangement drawings of Box Cell Structures. The
as per Clause 512 ofMOST's Specifications with approved bituminous point or coating as decided
shall be limited to 0.3 per cent and 4 per cent respectively. concreting operation shall be carried out continuous upto
for Road and Bridge Works (Third Revision- by the Engineer-in-Change.
the construction joints.
1995). s. The slump of concrete shall be checked as per IS:516,
Concrete should have the slump of 50-75 mm. II. The concrete surface at the joint shall be brushed with General Specifications
II. In case of isolated construction of Box Cell (D)
Structures located in remote areas where provision 6. Use of admixtures such as super plasticisers for concrete a stiff brush after casting while the concrete is still fresh
of mastic and asphaltic concrete wearing coat is may be made with the approval of the Engineer-in- and it has only slightly hardened. I. The work shall be executed in accordance with MOS i 's
not practicable, Engineer-in-Change may permit charge. Specification for Road and Bridge Works (Fourth
provision of75 mm thick cement ::oncrete wearing Ill. Before new concrete is poured the surface of old concrete Revision, 2001) except wherever otherwise mentioned.
coat in !\BO grade concrete with maximum water 7. Aggregate shall confirm to CL 302.3 of IRC:21-1987 shall be prepared as under:
0 (E) For reinforcement and all other details refer MORT &H's
cement ratio as.0.40. The reinforcement shall be (1997 reprir.t) and maximum aggregate size should not
exceed 40 mm. Standard Drawing (SD/I 02-SD-117).
consist of S mmq> High Yield Strength Deformed (a) For hardened concrete, the surface shall be
b.irs @. 200 mm centers reducing to 100 centres Reinforcement thoroughly cleaned to remove debris/laitance and ,---------------------·-
in both direction over a strip of 300 mm near the made rough so that 1/4 of the size of the aggregate DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL
expansion joint. Reinforcement shall be placed at I. All reinforcement shall be High Yield Strength Deformed is exposed. STRUCTURES
the centre of the centre of the wearing coat, wearing bars (Grade designation S 415) conforming to !S:1786.
coat shall be discontinued at expansion joint ( b) For partially hardened concrete, the surface shall GENERAL NOTES
2. Unless otherwise shown on the drawing, bars are marked
locations. Joint titers shall extend upto the top of in numerical numbers [as ( 1), (2) or (3)] and be treated by wire brush followed by an air jet.
wearing coat.
 .....

PLATE-14

./
I FLEXIBL
WITH EARTH CU9l0N CASES WIIH0UI' FNfflt Cl ■ ION CASE!l i
I
NOTES:
1.1 SINCU CEU. BOX 1.4 SINGLE CEU. BOX 1. THIS INDEX SHEET DEFINES THE VARIOUS
j loowN-
SIZE OPTIONS OF BOX CELL STRUCTURES I

~l
I

Ne/ob/& S.NO. Ne/ob/Ee: INCLUDED IN THESE STANDARD PLANS. j

S.NO. S.NO. Ne/ob/Ee 2. Ne / ab / Ee STANDS FOR NO. OF CELLS/
4
S.No. Ne/ab/Ee ""T\: •.
1. 1/22/3 21. 1/46/5 41. 1/H/4 CLEAR WIDTH • CLEAR HEIGHT/HEIGHT OF 1_

1. 1/22/0 EARTH CUSION.

2. 1/22/4 22. 1/53/3. 42.
3. 1/22/5 23. 1/53/4
-
43.
1/88/5
1/75/3
2. 1/23/0 '
3. 1/33/0 750 T ,;
4. 1/23/3 24. 1/53/5 44. 1/75/4 STONE Af'
1/23/4 4. 1/43/0
5. 25. 1/54/3 46. 1/75/5
5. 1/44/0
•• 1/23/1 211. 1/54/4 46. 1/78/3
6. 1/45/0
7. 1/33/3 27. 1/54/1 47. 1/78/4
. 1/33/4 21. 1/18/:S 4& 1/78/5
7. 1/53/0

•• 1/33/1 21. 1/18/4 .... 1/77/3

8.
.9.
1/54/0
1/55/0
]

~
10. 1/34/3 30. 1/18/1 ~
110. 1/77/4 ;i

11. 1/34/4 31. 1/83/3 51. · 1/77/5

10. 1/63/0 ~ ::i
,,,1
~
11. 1/64/0 ,i
12. 1/34/1 32. 1/83/4 112. 1/15/3
12. 1/65/0 ·r
13.
14.
15.
1/43/3
1/43/4.
1/43/1
33.

34.

311.
1/83/1
1/84/3
1/84/♦
113.

114.

1111.
1/SS/4
1/15/5
1/U/3
13.
14.
15.
1/66/0
1{75/0
1f76/0
~
1
ii
t
i
:::::,
()
CURi
TYPE

111. 1/44/3 1/84/1 '1 X

31. 1111. 1/18/4
16. 1m10
3
~
17. 1/44/4 ». 1/M/3 117. 1/18/5
17. 1/85/0
I1 LL.
0
11. 1/44/1 31. 1/M/4 1111. i/17/3
18. 1/86/0
11. 1/46/3 31. 1/85/1 111. 1/17/4
19. 1/87/0
20. 1/46/4 .a. 11u/3 IO. 1/17/'!J

1.2 DOUBLE CEU. BOX 1.3 TRIPLE ca.L BOX 1.5 DOUBl.E CEU. ·BOX U TRIPLE CELL BOX

S.NO. Ne/ab/EA S.NO. Ne/ab/Ee S.N0.1 . Nc/dJ/Ec

S.No. Ne/ab/Ee
1. 2/22/3 1. 2/22/0 1. ! 3/22/0
I 1. 3/22/3
2. 2/22/4 2. ' 2/23/0 2. i 3/33/0
2. 3/22/4
'3. 2/2J/II 3.
3/22/5 2/32/0
3.
; 4. 2/23/3
4. 3/3313
4. 2/33/0
II. 2/23/4 WHL f'

. 2/23/5
5.
6.
3/33/4
. 3/33/5
...
I()

7. 2/32/3
a. 2/32/4
•• 2/32/11
10. 2/33/3
11.
DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL STRUCTURES 8
2/33/4
12. 2/33/1

INDEX SHEET
 J
ABLE
PLATE..15
SHOWING SALIENT Cl lMENSIONS
-- -,_
--
~ OF RONJWAY
• • ,
6000
f'LEXIBLE APRON
f'LOOR APRON 126oo ·
10900 (CARRIAGEWAY)
f'LOOR APRON ~TK)I,
No/fllo/&, (nwn) (nwn)
0

Cmm>
aoi)
d
•
(mril) Cnwn) (mm)

:soo
lttQUIIEI
~
,,.__......,_ ---
(r/1#)
~ AM

"'
1/22/0
1/2,J/I)
2000 2000
2000 3000 1300
3110
370
380
420 ., C
C
11.U
11.01
0.00
ua
1/33/1) 3000 3000 IOO 420 420 420. C 10.50 2,15
1/34/1) JOOO 4000 1'100 4eO 480 480 .. C 11.37 4.81
; 1/43/1) 4000 3000 400 4eO BOO BOO. ¢ 10.53 1.21
1/44/1) 4000 4000 1200 480 sao sao C 11.07 J.tt
_1/45/1) 4000 5000 1IOO 1120 IZO 830 C 12.48 8.14
1/13/1). 8000 3000 :soo IIOO tl70 170 I 1.83 1.73
8000 4000 IOO aao eoo IZO C 10.H 3.40
1/14/o
,.,,
VIEW 3-3
1/55/0
1/13/1)
1/M/I)
5000 8000 11100

8000 3000
IOOO ·4000
:soo
300
IIO
IIO
IIO
IIO
720

720
700
720

7110
C
I
C
...
12.40

10.13
-2.11
J.11
450 THICK f'LOOR APRON
1/96/1) IOOO 5000 1100 IIO 7110 7110 C 11.n 5.35
150 THK f'I.AT STONE APRON

•
EMBEDDED IN 300 THK. 1/H/I) IOOO IOOO 1800 700 eoo IIIO C 1;5.21 7.50
~ONCRETE (M15)
1/75/0. 7000 8000 IOO 7IIO IIIO IIIO . C 11.51 UI
i OF RONJWAY 1/78/1) 7000 eooo 1200 780 120 8110 C 13.00 UJ
l/n/1) 7000 7000 1300 780 IIIIO IIIIO C 13.10 7.11

I 1/15/1) 8000 8000 300 IOO 8110 1110 C 11.37 . 4.a3·

I ...
(REFER NOTE-:-6)
2 aooo IOOO a.el
_J· 1/H/I) IOO l20 170 1000 C 12.12

~ .,.,,...,.....,.,,..,-.rmtt ~ - - - - - - i i JO EXP.GAP (TYP.) I 1/17/1) aooo 7000 1300 IIIO 1100 1200 C 14.Je U2
' COMPACTED EARTH
NOTES:
~ CURTAIN WALL
-----+ CURTAIN. WALL
TYPE-II 1. ALLL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES
::,
(.)
TYPE-I
DETAIL c UNLESS OTHERWISE MENTIONED. ONLY
WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE FOLLOWED.

~ POST
2. SOIL DENSITY ON THE BACKFILL SHOULD
CONFORM TO CLAUSE 305.2.1.5 OF MOST
u.. SPECIFICAITON.
0
.fl.EXIBLE 3. NET BEARING CAPACITY REQUIRED FOR SOIL
<!)- APRON IS DIVIDED IN FOUR CATEGORIES AS SHOWN
BELOW:

CATEGORY .. NET BEARING CAPACITY

I REQUIRED FOR SOIL

APP Ro A le
I
H s LAB
]~ A .. 5 T/M 2
B .. 10 T/M2
_ __,59~,_ _1:...:.0...:..900
__(:....~+---R_IA_G_EW_A_:Y):___-i C .. 15 T/M 2
D .. 20 T/M 2
12000
4. SOFT AND LOOSE PATCHES IN THE BEARING
DETAIL - B AREA ARE TO BE REPLACED BY COMPACTED
GRANULAR FILLS WITH LAYERS NOT

1 OF BOX STRUCTURE/SYMM. 5.
EXCEEDING 300mm.
DESIGNS ARE GIVEN FOR THE BOX CELL
STRUCTURES ONLY. THESE HAVE NO BEARING
WITH DESIGN OF EMBANKMENT WHICH WILL
BE TAKEN UP BY ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
SEPARATELY
ASPHALTIC PLUG
EXPANSION JOINT 6. 'DK' IS DEPTH OF KEY AT BASE SLAB.
WEARtlG COAT
FOR BASE SLAB THICKNESS YAI UE OF 'DK'
CONSTRUCTION UPTO 900mm 1200mm
JOINT
GREATER THAN 900mm e+300mm
i DRAINAGE SPOUT
e = BASE SLAB THICKNESS
Ll
~ DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL STRUCTURES
I

I SINGLE CELL R.C.C. BOX STRUCTURES

TAR PAPER BEARING 2m x 2m TO Sm x 7m
II
150 mm THICK PCC (M15)
DETAIL D 100
(l'l'P) SECTION 2-2
(WITHOUT EARTH CUSION)

•d DECK SIAB THICKNESS AT INNER EDGE Of KERB .AS SHOWN IN SECTICN 1-1
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
DETAIL A
 PLATE-16
C OF ROMJWAY (SHEET 1 OF 2)
7000 1

RON

;i ·.
I I
I

~L 300 nwn KLDIJ

N41UIW. GROUNO LEVEL AT U
::,.,,
l
r
I

' :
2
t ••ti-"'•••••••••➔••
I;;::::::::::::;:::±:L••••••••!~:k::::::::::::~::::1:
I I
~

750 THICK
STONE APRON
450 THICK FLOOR APRON
SECTION 1-1 YJEW 3-3
COMPACTED EARTH

<) OF ROMJWAY
~
150 THK F'LAT STONE APRON
12(00 EMBEDDED IN 300 THK.
I I CONCRm ~
- - - - , v1 L__----=====r~~---7 '----,-,-r:====:---7/v J
..
-.----
1

I - GUA~D STONES • 1m C/C J -1

-~ 1'1'1'1'1'1'111'11111 1'1'1'1~~1:...,:c--------------------1 / • J'':I w
T
~Ii • ~ - - -"t----"'--=,__._.===-=..,=-==~~....=~=t
1

~"",':-'·~:...,-;,-.,
-,n eve l"AC flYP t ,-;½/
,,,;:~
!11'1'1'1'1'1'

~
:.J
~
CURTAIN. WALL -
lYPE-1
',,~ ' :..':..~>-- t----------;•
', ",'\.,---.....,...'.._.,-:_...,,,
.~, -e • r _,-;>.:, / /
r,-' / .J'/'
11----

~~

~ --+------T1'~1,~
I
I
WING WALL ~'~."~--+-------; •-- --- ------------------- I· _. •
~ ~
l.&oill

LL. FLEXIBLE FLOOR ~

'-'

'~~ - - - - -
I

--~---- ~----- ___ ;________ : -- -- - ------- /

,. /

~ F'LOOR FLEXIBLE DETAIL - C

,....o
APRC - IAi5RoN - ! - -1----+- • 1---~~----tt- ~PRON - AP"vr<

RON8 I ,/ 1-_----~------;;_------__-_-__--1_ --t: 1------------1===-=---- ,1=--= -- "'==-------------=- ~~\,,,

- - - ---- - - -- --- --------- r-------- ·~--- -- - ---------------
~ ~
I 25X;25 CHAMFER NOTES:
WING WALL '1/,:~ij1
, I
------1• I .f---'--------+--'\.'•~, ,------HW111G WAL
~ ',,
(TYP.)
1.
ALLL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES
UNLESS OTHERWISE MENTIONED. ONLY

"3/"/~
. .,. .-.,.,:;.,,;:~
... o
t:-:_,, ~',,,
ol-------~._,...,,_,..,::..,-;_,-,"-"'',, 2.
WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE FOLLOWED.
SOIL DENSITY ON THE BACKFILL AND EARTH
'½ -~ ;;';" ', ':'__~~' CUSHION SHOULD CONFORM TO CLAUSE
305.2.1.5 OF MOST SPECIFICAITON.
r1111~11'1111'11i1n1,1~,1,,T11,1~,,,~,,1,',1,'1,,~n1,1~ ~:1/,~:~~---------------1. j •f---------~-~:~:IU~IIIQ"1,1,1,1,1,1, 3. SOFT AND LOOSE PATCHES IN THE BEARING
1 AREA ARE TO BE REPLACED BY COMPACTED
r I J GRANULAR FILLS WITH LAYERS NOT

-'-'------. ~·-=====----1._..1.____-i:-- 'L,.._L___j_...:.J:::=====--__,/'------~' EXCEEDING 300mm.

4. DESIGNS ARE GIVEN FOR THE BOX CELL
I ~ - - TOP .OF ROAD PEIAIL - B STRUCTURES ONLY. THESE HAVE NO BEARING
WITH DESIGN OF EMBANKMENT WHICH WILL
4) BE TAKEN UP BY ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
WHITE PAINT,
150. 300 SEPARATELY
1-..-i---
i ; (TYP) PLAN AT ROAD LEVEL 5. 'DK' IS DEPTH OF KEY AT BASE SLAB.
I
I
'
FOR BASE SLAB THICKt:,LESS VALUE OF 'DK'
M20 RCC PRECAST GUARD STONE UPTO 900mm 1200mm
CONSTRUCTION GREATER THAN 900mm e+300mm
JOINT e= BASE SLAB THICKNESS
DRAINA(
i
81 I I I +- M15 FOUNDATION DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL STRUCTURES
"'I I I I I
BLOCK

L I I I I SINGLE CELL R.C.C. BOX STRUCTURES

~r--~....Jl~ ._. 500
~L_ L-=!2~0.=-.J 2m x 2m TO Bm x 7m
,__299__
~ (WITH EARTH CUSION)
DETAIL - A DETAIL D 150mm. THICK P.C.C. (M15)

SECTION 2-2 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

DETAIL Of PRECAST GUARD STONE c l m c/c (SHEET 1)
~-16
C'2) PLATE~16
(SHEET 2 OF 2)

TABLE SHOWING SAUENT DIMENSIONS Of SINGLE CELL BOX CULVERT

BOX caL.
Re~"'"
1i22/3
a
(mm}

2000
b
(mm)

2000
C
(mm)

100
d
(mm)

2!0
•
(mm)

300
f
(mm)

260
h
(mm)

:sooo
-- -
=,
B
~
a.so
BOX CEU.
~
'1/83/3
a
(mm)

6000
b

3000
C
(mm) (ml)'I)

300
d
(mm)

650
•
(mm)

750
f
(mm)

580
h
(mm)

3000
--
=='
C
: ??·
D.39
NOTES:
1.

2.
FOR
SHEET I.
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT, REFER

SAFE BEARING CAPACITY REQUIRED FOR SOIL IS

DIVIDED IN FOUR CATEGORIES AS SHOWN BELOW:
C 10.17 eooo 300 750 850 1130 C U.011
1/22/4 2000 2000 100 280 350 2110 4000 1/83/-4 3000 4000
CATEGORY .. SAFE BEARING CAPACITY
1/22/5 -- -- 100 300 350 300 IIOOO C 11.31 1/63/;5 8000 :sooo 300 1120 900 1170 IIOOO C 13.51 REQUIRED FOR SOIL

1/23/3 2000 3000 1100 280 300 3150 3000 C 10.59 1/64/3 8000 4000 400 700 800 580 3000 C 11.47 A .. 5 T/M 2
B .. 10 T/M 2
3000 1000 320 C 12.08 300 750 850 1130 C 12.eo C .. 15 T/M 2
1/23/4 2000 370 400 4000 1/64/•i 8000 4000 4000
..
I? 20 TIM'
1/23/5 2000 3000 1100 320 350 JaO 8000 C 13.14 1/64/!5 8000 4000 300 800 950 700 5000 C 14.40
3. ALL CASES WITH EARTH CUSION HEIGHTS OF 3m TO
C 10.:ss 1000 850 850 1180 C 13.05 5m ARE SAFE FOR DRAW DOWN-CONDITION.
1/33/3 3000 :,000 100 370 480 400 3000 1/65/3 8000 IIOOO 3000
4- FOR EARTH CUSION BETWEEN 3m AND 4m, BOX WITH
:,ea 11,57 900 850 900 720 4000 C 14.39 4m EARTH CUSION IS TO BE USED AND FOR EARTH
1/33/4 3000 3000 7110 470 420 4000 C 1/65/4 6000 IIOOO
CUSHION BETWEEN 4m TO Sm, BOX WITH Sm EARTH
850 770 1000 750" D 15.93 CUSION IS TO BE USED. NO RECOMMENDATION IS
1/33/5 3000 3000 750 420 1100 420 IIOOO C 12.811 1/65/!5 8000 5000 5000
GIVEN FOR BOX CELL STRUCTURE WITH EARTH
1500 650 900 14.87 CUSHION HEIGHT IN BETWEEN Om TO 3m.
1/34/3 3000 4000 1400 370 470 480 3000 C 12.17 . 1/66/3 8000 8000 850 3000 C
5. IN CASE ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY IS

1/34/4 3000 4000 1400 400 ~ 500 4000 C 13.118 1/66/4 8000 8000 1400 700 1000 880 . 4000 D i 16.29
LESS THAN ACTUAL BEARING PRESSURE, THE SOIL
I SHOULD BE STABILISHED TO ACHIEVE SAME.
1250 750 1050 : 6. FOR DIMENSIONAL PARAMETERS REFER SECTION
1/34/5 3000 4000 1300 450 $50 520 IIOOO C 14.115 950 5000 D 17.58
1/66/5 8000 8000
i 2-2 OF (SHEET 1 OF 2)

1/43/3 4000 3000 500 470 ~ 420 3000 C 10.12 700 750 1000 700 3000 C 12.97
1/75/3 7000 5000 '
I

1/43/4 4000 3000 400 500 1100 450 4000 C 11.42 1/75/4 7000 5000 500 850 1050 770
4000
C
I 14.35

3000 C 12.118 400 920 1150 800 D 15.82

1/43/5 4000 300 570 1170 500 IIOOO 1/75/5 7000 5000 5000

4000 1000· 470 ~ 3000 C 11.117 1/76/3 7000 8000 1300 750 1100 800 3000 C 14.86
1/44/3 4000 1100

1/44/4 4000 4000 4000 13.07 1100 820 1100 880 4000 D 16.08
:Tl=lES
1000 500 1100 ~ C 1/76/', 7000 8000

iLY 4000 1100 1170 11!10 900 D 17.411

.OWED. 1/44/5 4000 1000 500 1150 ~ IIOOO C 14.31 1/76/!5 7000 8000 5000
E ~TH
5000 eoo 1700 750 1100 1000 D 111.511
:_AcJSE 1/45/3 4000 11100 450 1130 3000 C 13.85 1/77/3 7000 7000 3000

5000 11100 500 1150 1150 4000 D 15.01 1/77/4 7000 7000 1800 1120 1150 1050 4000 D 17.95
J \JG 1/45/4 4000
·ACTED
5000 D 111.311 1500 900 1200 1100 5000 D 19.37
''OT 1/45/5 4000 IIOOO 1500 ~ 700 700 1/77/5 7000 7000

- CELL 3000 300 ~ ll50 500 3000 C 10.11 300 870 1100 750 3000 C 12.53
1/53/3 5000 1/85/i 8000 5000
"JG
,, WILL 3000 4000 11.54 1/85/4 00 950 1200 850 4000 C 14.18
1/53/4 5000 300 120 700 520 C 8000 5000
1,AqGE
3000 ~ 12.911 00 1100 1300 900 D 111.00
1/53/15 5000 300 1170 770 IIOOO C 1/85/5 8000 5000 5000

1/54/3 5000 4000 1/86/-J 8000 8000 800 850 1200 900 C 14.55

-
800 ~ 700 530 3000 C 11.56 3000
;~ I I •

·--.1m 1/54/4 5000 4000 700 100 750 570 4000 C 12.90 1/86/4 8000 8000 700 950 1250 950 4000 D ! 15.99

4000 eoo 150 800 eoo 5000 C 14.23 1/86/i> 8000 8000 800 1050 1300 1000 5000 D 17.44 DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL
1/54/5 5000
STRUCTURES
~ 1150 13.40 1300 850 1200 1050 3000 D 111.19
1/55/3 5000 5000 1400 750 3000 C 1/87/:5 8000 7000

5000 1200 eoo 780 700 C 14.56 1/87/4 l!OOO 7000 1200 950 1350 1100 D 17.90 SINGLE CELL R.C.C. BOX
1/55/4 5000 4000 4000
STRUCTURES
5000 1200 150 1120 730 D 111.04 1/87/:, 8000 7000 1100 10SO 1400 1150 D 19.35
1/55/5 5000 5000 5000
2m x 2m TO Sm x 7m
(WITH EARTH CUSION)
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
(SHEET 2)
 PLATE-17
i OF" ROM>WAY
9000 FLOOR APRON 12cloo I FLOOR APRON 3000
FLDCISLE APRON I FLEXIBLE ,APRON
10900((:ARRIAGEWAY) &OC
I
Ft.EXIE
13! ! I
!' 1'1 WEARING COAT I
~ ~ ii : I I ii
l I : 1
............_s..'_i .L-1 COMPACTED E

COMPACTED EARTl-1 SECTION 1-1 COMPACTED EARTH

750 THICK STONE APPRON
YIEW 3-3
TABLE SHOWING SALIENT DIMENSIONS
R~uir.d Oea1on AJlow1bl•
~-SJ
r--r
sroit:0 ~8~.J
450 THICK f"l.OOR APPRON Box Cell a b C d 8 I g BNring B•••
450 THICK FLOOR APPRON Pr•aaure
drawdown
Designation
Ne/ab/Ee (rrvn) (rrvn) (rrvn) (1ml) (rrm) (rrm) (1ml)
(Tl"') g_~~ at• lime
(M)

•f OF ROM>WAY
150 THK Ft.AT STONE APRON
EMBEDDED IN JOO THK. .
CONCRETE (M15)
2/22/0

2/23/0

2/32/0
2000 2000 300

2000 300C 300

3000 200C 300

400

400

450
400

420

450
370

400

400
300

300

300
B
C

B
8.97

10.35

7.58
0.76

0.91

1.47

!·. .
2
.....,.........,.....,.,..l'ffTfflrfff ....,....,___ _--11· 20 EXP.GAP (TYP.)I
,, _..---
I _l•
1
r
(REFER NOTE-6)
2/33/0 3000 3000 300

NOTES:
1.
470 450 420 350

ALLL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES

B 8.52 1.75

(M15) CURT/
T .
UNLESS OTHERWISE MENTIONED. ONLY

a~
WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE FOLLOWED.
CURTAIN WALL A p p R O A C! H
TYPE-I 2. SOIL DENSITY ON THE BACKFILL SHOULD
CONFORM TO CLAUSE 305.2.1.5 OF MOST
''. ---~._,,..-- DETAIL - C SPECIFICAITON.
i ~ ',::; '
~
--i:u,:.:.:;::::.:.:.::.:.:;;:;.::.:.:.:::.i:;;::::::.:.:.:.:.::.==ifR'
~:::
3. NET BEARING CAPACITY REQUIRED FOR SOIL
IS DIVIDED JN FOUR CATEGORIES AS SHOWN
,d>_'ls BELOW:
FLQQ!L:.:_
APRON ! ru.::=--
DRAINAGE' SPOUT
- a.::::> FLOOR
APRON
FLEXIB E
APRON CATEGORY .... NET BEARING CAPACITY
REQUIRED FOR SOIL

A .... 5T/M2
B .... 10 T/M2
....
I
C 15 T/M2
APP Ro A clH s _LA s
D .. 20 T/M2

I~ 550 10900(~~1AGEWAY) 4. SOFT AND LOOSE PATCHES IN THE BEARING

AREA ARE TO BE REPLACED BY COMPACTED
12 00 GRANULAR FILLS WITH LAYERS NOT
DRAINAGE SPOUT
I EXCEEDING 300mm. L
r-- DETAIL - B 5. DESIGNS ARE GIVEN FOR THE BOX CELL
STRUCTURES ONLY. THESE HAVE NO BEARING
WITH DESIGN OF EMBANKMENT WHICH WILL
BE TAKEN UP BY ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
SEPARATELY
6. 'DK' IS DEPTH OF KEY AT BASE SLAB.
ASPHAI.TIC PLUG FOR BASE SLAB THICKNESS VALUE OF PK'
EXPANSION JOINT
WEARING COAT
f OF" BOX STRUCTURE/SYMM. UPTO 900mm
GREATER THAN 900mm
1200mm
e+300mm
e = BASE SLAB THICKNESS
DRAINAGE SPOUT
DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL DRAINAGE 0
STRUCTURES

DOUBLE CELL R.C.C. BOX

STRUCTURES
2m x 2m TO 3m x 3m TAR PAPEF
DETAIL P (WITHOUT EARTH CUSION)
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
.SECTION 2-2 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
DETAIL A * d DECK SLAB THICKNESS AT INNER EDGE OF KERBS AS SHOWN IN SECTION 1-1

.J
 TOP Or ROAD

6000 f'LOOR APRON Fl.OCR APRON .

f'LEXIBLE APRON RON
--'-t:.-+-<Ct1J~D EN SHOIJLOlER
SHOULDER
EXP. GAP 2
1 B
·,
•·!-·····---------------·➔-•
3
I 1 I . I
i.::================±~1...................t~:t:::::;:;::::!;:::1:1
300 mm IIELOW .
"'TUM. OA0UNO LEVEL AT U YJEW - 3-3

)NS NOTES:
•

I
. oweb •
dt■Wdo'Ml SECTION 1-1 1. ALLL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES

•
·• •tellm• f'LOOR APRON 450 THICK f'LOOR APPRON UNLESS OTHERWISE MENTIONED. ONLY
(M)
TOP Or ROAD WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE FOLLOWED.
2. SOIL DENSITY ON THE BACKFILL AND EARTH
0.76
t OF ROADWAY CUSHION SHOULD CONFORM TO CLAUSE
0.91 12000 i .c, f a 9 ,-- 305.2.1.5 OF MOST SPECIFICAITON.
I I --i I I I
3. NET BEARING CAPACITY REQUIRED FOR SOIL

1 ~t {
I
1.47 .:a.. 'I .2L ~ IS DIVIDED IN FOUR CATEGORIES AS SHOWN
I

01·
BELOW·
1.75
GU D STONE ~
i
1m. c/c
--1---1-
4> II I
.o'I D CATEGORY ..
-- NET BEARING CAPACITY
! ,,I
REQUIRED FOR SOIL
,,
E,tlES
CURTAIN Wfil 20 EXP. GAP(lYP) ,, A
....
5 T/M2
. ONLY ,, _,c~ B 10 T/M2
lYPE-1
L·. 'ED. , ,, C 15 T/M2
HOULD ,, ------+- CURTAIN WALL D ..-- 20 TIM'
· ··,sT 1---------'---_., , / ' - - WING WALL
TYPE-II
SECTION 2-2
1---------TT"'-;',,~,,

..... .....~--
4.
----,..,,.----- -...,
------~--.....- , ·, SOFT AND LOOSE PATCHES IN THE BEARING
)R SOIL === -=-====-==------------ --- -- 1----- ---- ---- ;,"" AREA ARE TO BE REPLACED BY COMPACTED

~
Si WN ------------l GRANULAR FILLS WITH LAYERS NOT
150 THK F"LAT STONE APRON EXCEEDING 300mm.
g: EMBEDDED IN 300 THK.
CONCR~5l_ _ ai'
5. DESIGNS ARE GIVEN FOR THE BOX CELL
Vl_ELOO STRUCTURES ONLY.THESE HAVE NO BEARING
\(, . (
OIL
-0:: APRON WITH DESIGN OF EMBANKMENT WHICH WILL
::i w
BE TAKEN UP BY ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
Tb
·z SEPARATELY.
-----------------
----===-=-=-=--- - - -- =========----------- ----
--- -- ----------------- 6. ALL CASES WITH EARTH CUSION OF 3m TO Sm
--------------------- -- ----------------- -~ u..ffi HEIGHT ARE SAFE FOR SUDDEN DRAW DOWN
CONDITION.
_l~
-, 7. FOR EARTH CUSHION BETWEEN 3m AND 4m,
::AH1NG COMPACTED BOX WITH 4m EARTH CUSHION IS TO BE USED
E.ARTH AND FOR EARTH CUSHION BETWEEN 4m TO
'ACTED
OT Sm, BOX WITH Sm EARTH CUSHION IS TO BE
DETAIL - C USED. NO RECOMMENDATION IS GIVEN FOR
< r--:1L BOX CELL STRUCTURE WITH EARTH CUSHION
=.A,.,1\/G BELOW 3m HEIGHT.
:H WILL
--II 3E 8. 'DK' IS DEPTH OF KF.Y AT BASE SLAB.
FOR BASE SLAB THIC.K!:!Efill VALUE OF PK'

•
UPTO 900mm 1200mm
TABLE SHOWING SALIENT DIMENSICll:§
~•
150
!
300
Ii (lYP) :i BOX CELL a b e d e t 9 h -
CA'l[G0~ DESIGN
r#:i,~
Of B,l.SE
GREATER THAN 900mm
e = BASE SLAB THICKNESS
e+300mm

uPAINT::IC'
. '
PLAN AT ROAD LEVEL DESIGNATION
Ne/ob/Ee (mm)(mm)(mm)(mm)(mm)(mm)(mm) (mm) m '
PRESSURE
(T/m2)

N
- .
WHn-t M20 RCC PRECAST GUARD STONE 250
,___
25X25 CHAMFER
2/22/J 2000 2000 JOO 270 300 250 250 3000 B 7.70
NI (TYP.) 2/22/4 2000 2000 JOO JOO 350 250 250 4000 B 9.00
DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL
2/22/5 2000 2000 300 320 350 270 250 5000 C 10.16
.---r-CONSTRUCTION JOINT STRUCTURES
of 2/23/J 2000 0000 500 JOO 350 350 250 3000 B 9.24
-,
0
2./23/4 2000 lJooo 500 320 350 350 250 4000i C 10.41
DOUBLE CELL R.C.C. BOX
8 300
2/23/5 2000 3000 400 350 350 380 250 5000 C 11.54 STRUCTURES
L .=!.
2/32/3 3000 2000· JOO 400 420 300 250 3000 B 7.97
500
2m x 2m TO 3m x 3m
2/32/4 300012000 300 450 470 300 250 4000: B 9.30

DETAIL - A FLAN 2/32/5 3000!2000 300 500 500 JOO 250 5000 C 10.46 (WITH EARTH CUSION)
2/33/3 3000 3000 JOO 400 420 350 250 3000 B 8.52
DETAIL OF PRECAST GUARD DETAIL - O mJ'AIL - i9 Z/'JJ/4 3000 3000 300 430 450 380 250 4000
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
B 9.60
2/33/5 3000 3000 300 480 4llO 400 250 5000 C 11.01
 PLATE-19
f OF ROADWAY

8000 F'LOOR APRON 12000 FLOOR APRON 3000

FlEXIBLE APRON RON
10900( RIAGf.WAY)

131
-1
ii
I
~ ! I
COMPACTED EARTH .
1L:\,I,-...:;-:;,,
' ,::~~,~~.;....--,-_:;..,•:,..,.-.-
••-.-_-
___,__~ -.----•-<t-+.,~• ...---....Q:;:::::=----1,4:::::r:',::::r:---.-._ OK
__1...____________,__~
__1...______

R: .r:';,:;;;;,:;;;;;;;;;;,:;.!~--------------~---------------:O~:::::::::::::::::;;;;;;':i ~ REFER NOTE 6

N ' x::~~~=:r- ALL : 150mm. THICK IP.C.G.(M15)
750 THICK STONE APPRON
VIEW 3-3
SECTION 1-1 TABLE SHOWING SALIENT DIMENSIONS

--
E - 450 THICK FLOOR APRON
450 THICK FLOOR APRON A\ COMPACTED EARTH ~IGNATION
cru. a b d f
• g I~ ~

f
COMPACTED EARTH ..., CN'Crr >"TA 'l1IIE
ab/Ee (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm} (mm) (mm) CA- ~ (II)
OF ROADWAY 150 THK FLAT STONE APRON
2000 2000 370 370 370 300 B 7.~ o.es
3/22/0
EMBEDDED IN 300 THK.
CONCRETE (M15)
3/33/0 3000 3000 4DO 500 470 400 B 7.15 2.15
I
"'?-
T
t '
, o'K (REFER NOTE-6)
I
NOTES:
1
APPROACH SLAB 1. ALLL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES
CURTAIN WALL:
8...,. ---+- CURTAIN WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE MENTIONED. ONLY
lYPE-1 lYPE-11
~i 2.
WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE FOLLOWED.
SOIL DENSITY ON THE BACKFILL SHOULD
CONFORM TO CLAUSE 305.2.1.5 OF MOST

DETAIL c 3.
SPECIFICAITON.
NET BEARING CAPACITY REQUIRED FOR SOIL
~ IS DIVIDE[) IN FOUR CATEGORIES AS SHOWN

~
BELOW:
POST
FLOOR FLEXIBLE ~ ....
a. APRON APRON CATEGORY NET BEARING CAPACITY
::::, REQUIRED FOR SOIL

A .... 5T/M2
B .... 10 T/M2
C .. 15 T/M2
D .... 20 T/M2

AP P R O AC H S LA B 4. SOFT AND LOOSE PATCHES IN THE BEARING

AREA ARE TO BE REPLACED BY COMPACTED
GRANULAR FILLS WITH LAYERS NOT
550 10900(
DRAINAGE SPOUT EXCEEDING 300mm.
0 5. DESIGNS ARE GIVEN FOR THE BOX CELL
DETAIL - B STRUCTURES ONLY. THESE HAVE NO BEARING
WITH DESIGN OF EMBANKMENT WHICH WILL

•
BE TAKEN UP BY ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
SEPARATELY
6. 'DK' IS DEPTH OF KEY AT BASE SLAB.
FORBASESLABTHICKNESS YALUEOf PK'
UPTO 900nm 1200mm
~ t. Of" BOX STRUCTVRE/SYMM.
GREATER THAN 900mm 8+300mm
WEARING COAT 8 = BASE SLAB THICKNESS

DRAINAGE SPOUT
DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL
STRUCTURES

TRIPLE CELL R.C.C. BOX

STRUCTURES
2m x 2m TO 3m x 3m
(WITHOUT EARTH CUSION)
DETAIL 0 SECTION 2-2 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
DETAIL -- A • d DECK SLAB THICKNESS AT INNER EDGE OF KERB AS SHOWN IN SECTION 1-1
 'TOP OF ROAD PLATE-20
()
()
f OF RO>DWAY
3000 ·
1OOC1500 1~1000 FLOOR APRON
--~8000~~-::-:-:--t--FL'--""'OOR.::.:..~APR~Oa.c.N"-11fARTHEN SHOULDER ~~T-t--""15l'fM1b'N-~-t--r";-t~E:AR!TH FLEXIBLE APRON
F'ID(IBLE APRON HARD SHOULDER:-+---+_._

I . ••+••••••• ;;;;;••••••••••••••••••••••+•• ·
11 . I

I;;;;;.;;;;;;;;;;;;;,;.:::J.••••••••••• ~--••••••••••••••••'~:c:::;:::::::;.;;;::1
VIEW J-3
62mm. THICK P.C.C.(M15) CURTAIN WAU.:
NOTES:
1. ALLL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES
TYPE - II STONE APPRON
750 THICK
STONE APRON SECJIQN 1-1 450 THICK FLOOR .APPRON
UNLESS OTHERWISE MENTIONED. ONLY
WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE FOLLOWED.
450 THICK
.
FLOOR . APRON 2. SOIL DENSITY ON THE BACKFILL AND EARTH

l
CUSHION SHOULD CONFORM TO CLAUSE
OF ROADWAY TOP OF ROAD 305.2.1.5 OF MOST SPECIFICAITON.
\2 00 3. NET BEARING CAPACITY R.EQUIRED FOR SOIL
1· ·1 IS DIVIDED IN FOUR CATEGORIES AS SHOWN
r------J\r--====:r,,---,------:-'1· -~----.-.--,:c~~~~~~~~~-'----1 4) \f. BELOW:

s ::i
GU D STONE O 1m. c/c
~.~..JI.. LJ~ CATEGORY

A
....

....
NET BEARING CAPACITY
REQUIRED FOR SOIL

5T/M2
')NLY
i .... 10 T/M2
~
B
1v'r:,o_
~ ~ - . J " ' - - -........- ~ - - - - '
C .... 15 T/M2
..;_~D
1
.... 20 T/M2

i
D
I _; ~

----0----
,IOST
·1 150 mm THK. P.C.C.(M15) 4. SOFT AND LOOSE PATCHES IN THE BEARING
'· SOIL ---4 CURTAIN WALL. AREA ARE TO BE REPLACED BY COMPACTED
J('I~
::)
() ----------±---:::::: =--- -~ ------------ ---·- lYPE-11 SECTION 2-2 GRANULAR FILLS WITH LAYERS NOT
X I EXCEEDING 300mm.
g ! =============---==--
=====--==-------- -- --- -----------------=-- ! 5. DESIGNS ARE GIVEN FOR THE BOX CELL
STRUCTURES ONLY. THESE HAVE NO BEARING
~ ~ ~~ ~-='~=LE=--
i...
IL 0 WITH DESIGN OF EMBANKMENT WHICH WILL
IB~ R
(.)J
APRON APRON i- n.
::>
150 THK FlAT STONE 04,Pf!ON
EMBEDDED IN JOO THK.
BE TAKEN UP BY ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
SEPARATELY.
CONCRETE (M f5)
8 ==-===-=====----- -= ==== ==========f===--==== 6. ALL CASES WITH EARTH CUSION OF 3m TO Sm
~
===-------------- -- --- __________ j____ ==--=- ---- -- ---------------~-
HEIGHT ARE SAFE FOR SUDDEN DRAW DOWN·
CONDITION.
----------------- -- --- -------------------- ---- -- --------- --- 7. FOR EARTH CUSHION BETWEEN 3m AND 4m,
NG BOX WITH 4m EARTH CUSHION IS TO BE USED
,CTED AND FOR EARTH CUSHION BETWEEN 4m TO
•
1
0T Sm, BOX WITH Sm EARTH CUSHION IS TO BE
USED. NO RECOMMENDATION IS GIVEN FOR
CELL BOX CELL STRUCTURE WITH EARTH CUSHION
)NG BELOW 3m HEIGHT.
I WILL 8. 'DK' IS DEPTH OF KEY AT BASE SLAB.
~IC\GE FOR BASE SLAB THICKNESS VALUE PEPI<'
) UPTO 900mm 1200mm
DETAIL - C GREATER THAN 900mm e+300mm
_L~=====---' --------'

•
. L . - - - - - - ~ ! \ --=====:::L-1.-....L---..+---J ___j__ e = BASE SLAB THICKNESS
nm WHITE PAINT
PLAN AI ROAD LEVEL
II')
M20 Ree .ee.ECAST GUARD STONE
N
N CONSTRUCTION JOINT 25X25 CHAMFER TABLE SHOWING SALIENT DIMENSIO~ DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL
I 18 (TYP.)

8
'°:
.
I
I
-t-M15 FOUNDATION ! 0
I BLOCK §;g -
8
BOX CELL
DESIGNATION
Ne/ob~
a b d f Q
• h

(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)

~;·1~
cr1m2> , CT/in2J
STRUCTURES

i I I I I . 3/U/3 2000 2000 270 300 2~ :zso 3000 a 7.43 TRIPLE CELL R.C.C. BOX
STRUCTURES
gt--~50~~1,501 L_ 3/U/4 2000 2000 300 320 300 :zso 4000 a e.ea
-i__ t _500_ J ~~
3/22/5 2000 2000 300 350 280 :zso 5000 a U2 2m x 2m TO 3m x 3m

DETAIL - A PLAN DETAIL - D 3/33/3 3000 3000 350 400 350 :zso 3000 B
I
I s.06 (WITH EARTH CUSION)
3/33/4 3000 3000 400 4SO 400 2!10 4000 B I e.40
DETAIL Of PRECASJ GUARD STONE _t,ETAJL - a 3/33/5 3000 3000 4SO 480 420 2SO 5000 C I 10.10
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
 PLATE-21

,E
l
Without Earth Cushion With Earth Cushion With· Earth ·cushion With Earth Cushion

Box Cell Total Total Box Cell Total Total Box Cell Total Total Box Cell Total Total
Designation Concrete Steel Designation Concrete Steel Designation Concrete Steel Designation Concrete Steel
Ne/ab/Ee (m') (kg) Ne/ab/Ee (m') (kg) Ne/ab/Ee (m') (kg) Ne/ab/Ee (m') (kg)

1/22/0 54 3458 1/22/3 72.69 4682.5 1/65/4 591.80 34436.1 1/7 6/5 1011.87 62177.7
1/23/0 77 5642 l/23/3 112.57 6451.1 1/66/4 755.76 42767.3 1/77 /5 1243.88 72126.2
1/33/0 94 5688 1/33/3 . 158.18 8340.4 l /7 5/4 713.34 43425.1. 1/85/5 1084.93 66569.3
1/34/0 124 7541 1/34/3 213.25 11091.3 1/76/4 849.08 48812.5 I /8 6/5 1205.93 73 861.2
1/43/0 114 7120 1/43/3 20 I. I 0 11385.7 1/77/4 I 032.22 60820.8 1/87/5 1442.27 82807 .1
1/44/0 149 9164 1/44/3 274.86 14146.1 l/85/4 859. 18 53000 2/22/3 117 .86 6458.3
1/45/0 194 10607 l/45/3 340.39 18338.0 1/86/4 995. 71 57521.4 2/22/4 147.06 7898.6
1/53/0 142 8941 1/53/3 264.07 15156.0 l/87/4 1197.34 64698 2/22/5 173.62 9100.8
1/54/0 174 10695 1/54/3 320.36 18582.1 l /22/5 110.86 6732.9 2/23/3 166.85 7991.9 300rr
~
1/55/0 224 14339 1/55/3 413. I 6 22355.3 1/23/5 165.'70 9182.1 2/23/4 196.14 9338.9 FL.~<
l /63/0 201 11238 1/63/3 346. 13 21164.2 1/3 3/5 226.56 12537.5 2/23/5 232.59 11187.9 B.•
1/64/0 222 13848 1/64/3 395.12 22527 .6 1/34/5 317. 71 16131.9 2/32/3 198.08 9677.8
1/65/0 258 14479 1/65/3 479.72 26581.4 1/43/5 3 I 6.30 17777.7 2/32/4 248. 85 12507.2
1/66/0 315 18100 1/66/3 306. 97 34677.4 1/44/5 380.33 22494.1 2/3 2/5 300.92 15728.5
1/75/0 301 17607 1/75/3 566.63 34498.9 1/45/5 5 I 7.9 26751.5 2/33/3 227.87 11404.9
1176/0 365 20915 1/76/3 693.65 35823.5 115 3/5 412.08 25685.6 2/33/4 282. 77 14818.6
1/77/0 394 22120 1/77/3 839.05 47098.2 1/54/5 482.70 29935.6 2/33/5 345.20 17142.8
1/85/0 350 20650 I /8 5/3 . 659.64 40603.8 115 5/5 611.85 35055.0 3/22/3. 163.05 9226.9
1/86/0 478 23539 1/86/3 802.86 45004.9 l /63/5 562.31 34418.8 3/22/4 205.64 11267.6
1/87/0 502 27371 1/8 7 /3 940.83 54298.4 1/64/5 624.30 37597. 7 3/22/5 236.37 13486.7
2/22/0 91 5650 1/22/4 93.10 55 57 .8 1/65/5 732.06 43135.5 3/33/3 298.06 16341.3
2/23/0 108 7377 1/23/4 150.22 7130.8 1/66/5 917.77 53263.2 3/33/4 384.25 19704.3
2/32/0 125 8103 1/33/4 190.43 10302.3 1/75/5 870.79 54626.4 3/33/5 - 468.42 25104.6
2/33/0 144 9895 1/34/4 270.65 12978.8 Notes: DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL
3/22/0 116 9243 I /43/4 248.97 14472.6 I. Quantity of concrete does not include STRUCTURE
3/33/0 207 16027 1/44/4 324.07 17445.2 Guard Stone/Railings.
421.49 21973.4
SINGLE DOUBLE AND TRIPLE CELL
1/45/4 2. Quantity of steel does not include 5
R.C.C. BOX STRUCTURES
1/53/4 332.67 19818.1 per cent extra for wastage and lap.
399.46 (WITH ANll WITHOUT EARTH
1/54/4 24235.0
CUSHION)
l/SS/4 S06.50 28928.8
1/63/4 456.87 27382.8 QUANTITIES OF STEEL AND
1/64/4 492.08 30403.8 CEMENT --- '
 PLATE-22
C) 150 lliK. RAT STONE APRON
EMBEDDED IN 300 THK.
WEEP HOLES -f~ CONCRETE (M15}

60()0 (F"OR D/S SIDE)

3000 (F"OR U/S SIDE) l _;
1/
/ 0
8 150 THK. P.C.C (M15)
N NOTES:
NATURAL
GROUND LEVEL ♦ 1. ALLL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES
I UNLESS OTHERWISE MENTIONED. ONLY
I WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ARE TO.BE FOLLOWED.

l ~1·--- ·- ,·
2. COMPACTED EARTH SHOULD CONFORM TO
8 CLAUSE, 305.2.1.5 OF MOST SPECIFICATIONS
t-i'.rc:rc:fdaj=d=urr-C?m:RRKKr=tFbrre:m>1~m<:~~rn:i:;~RH:@=B~6=6=1~~ 8•
,~_i'I,;.,!:!\-;.:...::!:-r:"'~~-!I~!'/:....~~'!:--'C!'~-t~-r~~~~~~!':"~'":~!l~:r:;,~~-:-"':'--:"!'"""!:!~~..:;";'J,;._!I"'"r.-~.:...rr~ l!ll '°1 ________ _
\,M,,~~~"*-~~~,W,,.M--,,g..,~~M.,,,~~--J -:-

750 THICK STONE APRON

-
iLJ~l::-:IJL_LJ-:- 11::-:[L--:-11B11=-.::u1_1u_ ~1
I
i
-==- =====c.1======= == =========================
COMPACTED EARTH
- 10Q_J
.
L__
,so THK.PCc
~1300_
cu,s)_I
.
I _
I..J_Q9
- COMPACTED EARTH AS PER
MOST SPECIFICATION. 150 THICK M15 PCC.
CURTAIN WALL---., 150 THICK FLAT STONE EMBEDDED
IN 300 THICK M15 CONCRETE JYPICAL CROSS. SECTION Of
(AS PER CL 2505.2 OF MOST SPECIFICATIONS.)
CURTAIN WALL JYPE-11
SECTION 1-1 (UP STREAM SIDE)

COMPACTED EARTH - - - - - - 1
'l n , - 150 THK. FLAT STONE APRON
I I I 11'-_ _ _ _ _ _::'.:":::.-....,S<!:Lo:c.OP,._,E:........,.1V.:..::.::2Hc.:.__ _ _-J EMBEDDED IN 300 THK.
t

~
I I I I BED LEVEL CONCRETE (M15)

I
l.._
l~~-----------___j
..._ ..._ WING WALL
!

'
~ ' ' ..............
........ ------------------/
' ........ ......
' ..... ' .........
' ..........
..... .... ....
' . . . ....---------1
' ...........................
' ....... '
' .... . . . . '~-----4
' , ' , ' ~ .....
.....
.....
' 8
' ..... "'
N

0
750
I()
r--

~50 450
CURTAIN WALL--•

~I
Jr·----
__ _ I

!750 THICK STONE APRON (FLEXIBLE) j

(AS PER CL 250.3. 1OF MOST SPECIFICATIONS.) ,

150 THICK FLAT STONE EMBEDDED
IN 300 THICK CONCRETE (M15) LAID OVER
A LAYER OF 150 THICK M15
~I-, JQQ_J I.
(AS PER CLA.USE 2505.2 OF MOST SPECIFlCAnONS)

w
~ -

___ I .-----~--~----1-- r - - - ·__ __,_..J.__ _ _ _ t , - - - - - - · ,----···---

JYPlr.AL CROSS SECTION OF
CURTAIN WALL JYPE I
(DOWN STREAM SIDE)
DRAWINGS FOR BOX CELL
STRUCTURES

TYPICAL DETAILS OF
FLOOR PROTECTIONWORKS
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
 12000
,. ··-·•·---------
·•········· .. ·•· .

PLATE-23

BRICK MASONRY IN CII 1:3 OR

COURSED RUBBLE IIA80NR't'
IN Cll 1::3 OR P.C.C 11111

U/8

SECTION AT 'AA' SECTION AT 'BB'

300mm 1HICK DRY STONE/

BRICK REVEllENT OYER
·-
FI.TER GRANUlAR MATERIAL
BACKING 150mm llllCK NOTES:-
I l 1. LONGmJOINAL SLOPE OF PIPE SHOULD BE MINIMUM 1 IN 1000

~"-
2. AU. DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES EXCEPT WHERE
OTHERWISE MENTIONED.
3. CONCRETE CRADLE BEDDING CAN BE USED FOR MAXIMUM
\ HEIGHT OF FILL OF 8 METRES.
,....,
~
~ ~:-
.....
~ ~
~

tt:
I
', ,.~-~
... ... t
I'--
>- ),,.._ ~
-- ~
r
,...
~ .... ]

i - :
l

I
~~-~
;:,,- ~Y
~>-<::..... u,ii..
~
--
r~---- .----------
~

i
~
... ....
-
>-

I
/j /(
f.J.
1ll<ll

B ◄I
l'--.C l
I .I I

300rnn 1HICK DRY 8TONEI 2300

BRICK PITCHING FOR APRON PIUM FOR IN8CRIBINO STRUCTURE NUMBER IN BRICK
MASONRY IN C.M. 1::3 OR COURSED RUBBLE MASONRY
IN C.M. 1:3 OR P.C.C. M 115

PLAN
R.C.C. PIPE CULVERT WITH SINGLE PIPE OF
1 METRE DIA AND CONCRETE CRADLE
BEDDING FOR HEIGHTS OF FILL
VARYING FROM 4.0 m - 8.0 m
~. 2-23
1 PLATE-24

B--~
BRICKMAIONRV It CM 1:SOR
COURSED RUBBLE IIA80NRY
It CM 1:S OR P.C.C M 1&

~, UIS 1200

)'
I
•°tl-':
1000
1.8.1. a.ASS N.P. 3 PIPE

300

COMPACTED GIWU.M MA11HAL

OR P.C.C. M 115

SECTION AT 'AA' SECTION AT 'BB'

300mm THICK DRY .:11urcci

BRICK REVETMENT OVER
FlllER GRANULAR MAlERIAL NOTES-:-
1 ''\
. -·
1000 BACKING 150mm THICK
1 'I
~ 1. LONGITUDINAL SLOPE OF PIPE SHOULD BE MINIMUM 1 IN 1000

~
2. ALL DIMENSIONS IN MIUIMETRES EXCEPT WHERE
OTHERWISE MENTIONED.
:i,·· !M
'('_ 3. FIRST CLASS BEDDING CAN BE USED FOR MAXIMUM
~ HEIGHT OF FIU OF 4 METRES.
,....,. ...
..... >"'
~ t!~
~I'--,
,....
p,-..>--<O ] ""
...
~ ....

~:c ~-...
~:->---t ..... -- -
-
--
-
--·~-
-1- ~-

- :::
15 ,-
~JI
J7 '

i ;:.. ,....- ...... IL.

:::.tt ---
--- ~ --------------
.,,.>"'1: ~
7" ~
>-"H_.
~
.,...I!_.

~
~ ~

I
/j A
V

yJ
{ ..I
I l
..I

~ 300mm THICK DRY STONE/

BRICK PITCHING FOR APRON
Lt 2300 .I
- Pill.AR FOR INSCRIBING SlRUCTURE MJM8ER IN BRICK 300mm 11-IICK DRY STONE/
MASONRY IN C.M. 1:3 OR COURSED RUBBLE MASONR'f &Ria< REVETMENT OVER
IN C.M. 1:3 OR P.C.C. M 1S Fl.lER GRANULAR MATERIAL
BACKING 150mm THICK
PLAN
R.C.C. PIPE CULVERT WITH SINGLE PIPE
OF 1 METRE DIA AND FIRST CLASS
BEDDING FOR HEIGHTS OF FILL
VARYING FROM 0.6 m-4.0 m
 12000 PLATE-25

BRICK MASONRY N CM 1:3 OR

D
COURSED RUBBLE MASONRY
N Cll 1:3 OR P.C.C M15

UIS HIGHTOF
+
FU.

CIR..,~

P.C.C. M 15
3200
=1
~,
Entrv I
Edgerl1

SECTION AT AA 1 1
SECTION AT 'BB' I
3001Nn lHICK DRY STONE/-
BRICK REVETMENT OVER
FLTER GRANULAR MATBUAL
- 300mm THICK DRY STONE/
BRIC!< REVETMENT OVER
~
Edgf- I
BACKING 1!0rml THICK
- -
FilTER GRANULAR MA:rERIAI..
BACKING 1&0mm THICK I
r II. l

~~
I I
NOTES:-
~ 1. LONGmJDINAL SLOPE OF PIPE SHOULD BE MINIMUM 1 IN 1000
, ) A ~ 'J: ~ 2. AU. DIMENSIONS IN MIUIMETRES EXCEPT WHERE
~
~~r
iiJ
OTHERWISE ~ENTIONED.

~~ ~~~~~ ~ >- ~~
~

CD >-
~
3. CONCRETE CRADLE BEDDING CAN BE USED FOR MAXIMUM
HEIGHT OF FILL OF 8 METRES.
----------
---------- --t- - -- -- --
>-- - -- ... r,...
~ ~ ~-
- ~
>-<
~--
i,,,,-
~ Edgea

i,
),<M

),<

·-·- --------- ---

- -- -- -- -- --
-- : ..... l
---------
8 ,-

--------- -~- -- -- -- --- -- ,..

:I ~ --~- - - --·
______ Jii·- --------- l
-f--•
),<),<
'
lo- J
,,.
~>-<
... J -
~--------------- ---------
--------- -- -- -- -- -- - ~ ~- ..... ~ M
...
q
p,o ►

p,o ►

... ~~~~
~
Entr}
~ ~,~
] ' - .. ·.~r
I>- >-
,_
>-
Sharp
Edgf
lli~ > )
A{J. >-
,=

~1 "'-., .A \ 300mm THICK DRY STONE/

..... ~
~
BRICK REVETMENT OVER

B ◄I
1 l ~ FlLTER GfWMAR MATERIAL
l l
.I ,..
I
• .I_ i BAD<JNO 150mm ntCK

300mm 1HICIC DRY STCNEIJ PUAR FOR INSCRIBING STRUCTURE NUMBER'IN BRICK
2300 •I
BRICK REVETMENT OVER MA90NRY N c..M. 1:3 OR COURSED AlJBBlE MASONRY
FLTER G1W1U1.AR MAlERIAL IN C.M. 1:3 OR P.C.C. M 15
BACKING 1!0rml THICK
R.C.C. PIPE CULVERT WITH 2 PIPES OF
PLAN 1 METRE DIA AND CONCRETE CRADLE
BEDDING FOR HEIGHTS OF FILL
VARYING FROM 4.0 m - 8.0 m
·-.AIC•-':J
1200D PLATE-26

IIIICKIIA80N'(V IN CII 1::1 OR

001P8ED IUlll.E IIM0NRY

.UIS

I
IN Cll 1::1 OR P.C.C 1111
[1
HIBHTOF
FLL
L

D lmDLEVB.

D }

L
-Bml.EVB. BEDI.EVEL.
~3DO
~~
7 MATERIAL

3300

SECTION AT 'AA' SECTION AT 'BB'

300mm lHICK DR'f STONE/-

BRICK REVETMENT OYER
FL1ER GRAMJLAR MA'TERIAL
BACKING 180mm THla<

IM 1 IN 1000
NOTES:-·
( LONGlIT\JDINAL SLOPE OF PIPE SHOULD BE MINIMUM 1 IN 1000
2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES EXCEPT WHERE
~IMUM ~ OTI-IERWISE MENTIONED.

c□ 1 3. RRS1' CLASS BEDDING CAN BE USED FOR MAXIMUM

HEIGHT OF RLL OF 4'METRES.

------------------- -------8 ---------

=======---------- ~ p -
_____!! ---------

...
~~--~.(\,_-.Li

~~~
t: ~E:~
-~
o:: ----- -
l-+--+-1-+-++-++H---------; -
fRi--------------- -~---------
~~-~~~
V
n1 ~~
1~

-~,PES OF
LJ
I
A.. _J
&{_ I
I

300nwn THIQ( DRY 8T0NE/

BRICK REVETIIENT OVER
FILTERa:o~i:-'
..,l
~,
'--PIUM F0R INSaulNG STRUCTURE~ IN BRICK
I
II

MASONR't' ti C.M. 1:3 OR COURSED RUB8LE MASONn'

1Nc.M.1:30RP.C.C.M 15
' I'
~lJ ....r
~.,t,.,b-T.......O~::,.Y~- l C
.____ _ _ ill__LL_l_L..Li~-'-f--A....ll......._6...6...,,__.>..A...dl~J~
L 2300 J
300nwn TI-ta( DRY STONE/
BRJa< REVETMENT OVER
FR.TER GRANULAR MATERIAL.
BAa<ING 150mm THIQ(

RADLE R.C.tC. PIPE CULVERT WITH 2 PIPES OF

PLAN 1 METRE DIA AND FIRST CLASS
·:: "=ILL
.Om BEDDING FOR HEIGHTS OF FILL
VARYING FROM 0.6 m-4.0 m
 PLATE-27

CIRCULAR CULVERTS CONVEYANCE FACTOR;\. IN THE FORMULAQ =1~

LengthV'--
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 46 50 55 80
tDlametar 'V
0.75 0.384 0.373 0.355 0.339 0.3211 0.313 0.302 0.292 0.283 0.225 0.287 0.28
~ 1.0 0.714 0.888 0.88 0.838 0.810 0.597 0.582 0.5115 0.55 0.535 0.522 0.512
Edged
1.5 1.837 1.80 1.58 1.52 1.486 1.45 1.G 1.395 1.386 1.34 1.315 1.285

2.0 2.93 2.88 2.83 2.77 2.72 2.88 2.84 2.!8 2.58 2.52 2A8 2.45
0.76 0.381 0.333 0.318 0.308 0.29't 0.288 0.278 0.271 0.283 0.257 0.261 0.245
Entry
Sharp 1.0 0.811 0.58& 0.672 0.58 0.64ti 0.632 0.528 0.507 0.497 O.A87 0.48 0.47
Edged
1.5 1.34 1.315 1.285 1.275 1.2t56 1.236 1.216 1.185 1.175 1.185 1.145 1.135
2.0 2.33 2.3 2ZT 2.24

RECTANGULAR CULVERTS CONVEYANCE FACTOR).. IN THE FORMULA Q =1~

2.22 2.18 2.17 2.142 2.12 2.1 2.08 2.08
-
«~ 1.0 i----t----t-----+----,r-----+---+--~'---¥-~--¥--,-,~-,.,f--r---A---7'-/-h,L-----,A-~4-------l
~ 0.9 i------+---+---;----t---+----t----r-~l---+-+---¥--,~-A-+-A~~~l,,L--,,,£--h,,!..__---l--___j
LenglhV--
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 46 50 55 80 ~ 0.8
t ventway•~ ~ 0. 7 1-----+-----+--+--~c.__----+-----;--:-~'-----~-:,,£-J~,--¥.J~~--A-,~hL--.,f--+-A---+----l-------!
Entry
Round
Edged
0.75x0.75
1.0 x0.75
1.0 X 1.0
0.518
0.883
0.935
0.488
0.88
0.80
0..488
0.832
0.887
0.445
0.607
3.837
0.427
0.5&1
0.81
0.412
0.582
0.788
0.397
0.646
0.785
0.384
0.528
0.745
0.373
0.513
0.727
0.382
0A87
0.71
0.352
0.485
0.893
0.393
0.473
0.ffl
!
(J

~
0.6-
0.5t----r---t---r--t---7"'---,rr-~----Y----r-c-F--r~t---+--,,L--,,.£1---.,~---¥-,,~~-+----l-----+---+------l
1.26 X 1.0 1.176 1.135 1.1 1.088 1.037 1.01 0.985 0.98 0.937 0.817 0.898 0.88
0
1.25x 1.25 1.47 1.43 1.385 1.35 1.315 1.285 1.252 1.225 1.2 1.175 1.15 1.13 o 0.4
I

1.5 X 1.25 1.78 1.73 1.88 1.84 1.8 1.688 1.532 1.6 1.47 1.44 1.416 1.38

1.5x1.5 2.14 2.08 2.03 1.98 1.86 1.81 1.87 Ul35 1.8 1.785 1.74 1.71

=:i
Entry 0.75x0.76 0.48 0.442 0.4215 0.41 0.38f) 0.383 0.371 0.381 0.35 0.343 0.334 0.328 1
\

1.0 x0.76 0.815 0.583 0.572 0.553 0.536 • 0.52 0.505 0.492 0.48 0.488 0.457 0.447 '
1.0 X 1.0 0.824 o.m 0.776 0.765 0.736 0.717 0.7 0.886 0.87 0.866 0.842 0.832 ;
1.25x 1.0 1.03 1.()05 0.88 0.855 0.933 0.814 0.885 0.877 0.88 D.844 0.828 o.a15 I 0.2 CIRCULAR AND RECTANGULAR
I

1.11 1.G7 1.05

PIPES
1.25x 1.25 1.285 1.255 1.22& 1.2 1.176 1.15 1.13 1.01 1.(J3&

1.i x1.25 1.545 1.51 1.48 1.45 1.42a 1A 1.37 1.35 1.33 1.31 1.28 1.27 FLOWING FULL
1.5 XU 1.86 1.81 1.78 1.76 1.72 1.88 Ul86 UM 1.816 Uil 1.67 1.55 Q=A.J2g°H
(FORA SEE THE OPPOSITE TABLE)

0.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 8.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 15.0
DISCHARGE IN CU.M/SEC (Q)